PDF M 32 Parameters and Alarms 1 - Compress PDF

Alarm & Parameter Manual
for
Mazatrol M-32 Series
Publication # C731SA0551E
5/95
CAUTION:
• This manual is published to assist experienced personnel in the
operation, maintenance and/or programming of Mazak machine
tools, and is not intended to be used as training documentation.
• All Mazak machine tools are engineered with a number of safety
devices to protect personnel and equipment from injury or
damage. Operators should not, however, rely solely upon these
safety devices, but should operate the machine only after fully
understanding what special precautions to take by reading the
following documentation thoroughly.
• Do not attempt to operate or perform maintenance/repair on the
machine without a thorough understanding of the actions about to
be taken. If any question exists, contact the nearest Mazak service
center for assistance.
• Certain covers, doors or safety guards may be open or removed
to more clearly show machine components. These items must be
in place before operating the machine. Failure to comply with this
instruction may result in serious personal injury or damage to the
machine tool.
• This manual was considered complete and accurate at the time of
publication, however, due to our desire to constantly improve the
quality and specification of all Mazak products, it is subject to
change or modification.
ALARM & PARAMETER MANUAL
for
MAZATROL M-32 SERIES
CONTENTS
Page
1. INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1-1 PURPOSE OF THIS MANUAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1-2 MAZAK CUSTOMER SUPPORT NETWORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1-3 LIST OF RELATED DOCUMENTATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
2. USING THE NC ALARM LISTS ............................... 2-1
2-1 MACHINE STATUS INDICATOR LAMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2-2 ALARM DISPLAY & CLEARING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2-3 NC ALARM LIST STRUCTURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
3. MAZATROL M-32 ALARM LISTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3-1 NC SYSTEM CPU ERRORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3-2 AXIS & SPINDLE DRIVE ERRORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
3-3 CNC & MACHINE PLC CONTROL ERRORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
3-4 DISPLAY OPERATION ERRORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
3-5 DATA I/O ERRORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63
3-6 AUTO CYCLE MODE PROGRAMMING ERRORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-85
3-7 TOOL PATH MODE PROGRAMMING ERRORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-113
4. USING THE NC PARAMETER LISTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
4-1 DESCRIPTION OF THE NC PARAMETER LISTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
4-2 DISPLAYING PARAMETER DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
4-3 NC PARAMETER LIST STRUCTURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
5. MAZATROL M-32 PARAMETER LISTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
5-1 CUTTING CONDITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
5-2 USER PARAMETER (Point Cutting) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5-3 USER PARAMETER (Line/Face) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
5-4 USER PARAMETER NO. 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
5-5 USER PARAMETER NO. 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43
5-6 USER PARAMETER NO. 3 & 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57
5-7 MACHINE CONSTANT PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61
* NOTE: Alarms 200-399 are PLC (programmable logic control) generated for a
specific machine application and may vary from machine to machine. If the
error description is insufficient to correct the problem, make note and contact
your regional service center for assistance.
C731SA0551E
5/95
C-1
Notes:
C-2
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa aa aa aa aa aaaa
aaaa aa aaaa aa aa aa aa a a a a a a aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa a aa aa a aa a a a a aa aa aa aa aa aaaa
aa aa a aa
a aaaa aaaa
a a aa aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aa
aaaa
aaaa
aa
aaaa
aaaa
aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa a aa aa
a aaa aaaa aa aa aa aa aa aaaa
a aaaaa a a aa a a aaaaaa
aaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaa
aaa aa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa
aa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa a aaaa
a a aa a a aa aa aa aa aa aa aaaa
a aa aa aaa aa aa a
aa a aaaaaa aaaaaaa a
aa
a a aa a a aa a a aa a
aa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a a
aa a a aaaaaaa aaa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa a aa aa
aaaa aa aaa a aa a
aaa aa aa a a a aa a aa a aaa aa a a a aa a
aaa
a
aaa a a aa aa a a a a
a a aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa a aa
aaaaaaaaaaaa aa
aaaaaa
aaaa aa aaa aa aa a
aaa aa aa a aa a aa a aa a aa a a aa a a aa a
aaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a a aaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaa aa aaa aa aa a
aaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a
aaa a a aa aa a a a aa aaa
aa
aaaaaaaaaaaa a
aaaa aa aaa aa aa a
aaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa a aa aa aa aa a a aaaa
aaaa aa aaa aa aa a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa a aa aa aa aa a aa aa a
aaaa aa aaa aa aa a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa a aa aa aa aa a a aaa a
aaaa aa aaa aa aa a
a
aaaa aa aaa aa aa a
a
aaaa aa aaa aa aa a
a
aaaa aa aaa aa aa a
a
aaaa aa aaa aa aa a
a
aaaa aa aaa aa aa a
a
aaaa aa aaa aa aa a
a
aaaa aa aaa aa aa a
a
aaaa aa aaa aa aa a
a
aaaa aa aaa aa aa a
a
aaaa aa aaa aa aa a
a
aaaa aa aaa aa aa a
a
aaaa aa aaa aa aa a
a
aaaa aa aaa aa aa a
a
aaaa aa aaa aa aa a
a
aaaa aa aaa aa aa a
aaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaa a aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a
aa aa aaa a a a aa aaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa a aa aa aa aa a a aaa a
aa aa aaa aa a aa a aa a aa aa a a a aa a a aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaa a a aa aa a a a a a a
aaa
aaa aaa aaaaaaaa aaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaa
aaa aaaaaaa aa
a aa aa aa aa a aa
aa
aa
aa
aaaaaaaaa
a aaa aa aa
a aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a aa a aa
a aa
aaaa
a a a aa a a aa
a aaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaa
aa
aa aa a a aa
a aa aa aaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a aaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aaaaaaaa aaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa a aaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a aa aaaaaaaaaa aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a aaa a a aa aa a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa aa a aa aa a aa aa aa aaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a aa aa a aa a aa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa a aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa aa a aa aa a a a aa aaa
aa
aaaaaaaaaaaa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a
a a
aa aa a aa a aa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa aa a aa aa a a a aa aa aa aa aa a a aaa a
aa a aa aa a aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa a aa aa a aa a aa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa aa a a
aa
a a
aa
a a
a a a
a a
aa aa aa aa aa a
a aa aa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a a aa a aa aa a aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa aa a aa aa a a a aa aa aa aa aa a a aaa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a a aa a aa aa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa aa a aa aa a a a aa aa aa aa aa a a aaa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa a a aa aa aa aa a aaa a
Mazatrol M-32 Alarm Lists

aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a
a a
aa aa a aa a aa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa a aa a
aa
a a
a a
aa
a a a
aa
a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a
a aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a
aa
a a
a a
aa
a a
aa
a a
a a a
a a
aa aa aa aa aa a
a a aaa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
ALARM LIST FOR MAZATROL M-32 SERIES
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a
a a
aa aa a aa a aa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa a aa a
aa
a a
a a
aa
a a a
aa
a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a
aa a
aa
a a
a a
aa
a a
aa
a a
a a a
a a
aa aa aa aa aa a
a a aaa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a a aa a aa aa
aa a a aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa a aa aa aa aa aa a aaa
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a aa a aa
a aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa
aaaa
aa
aa aa a a aa
a a aa aa aaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaa a
a aaaaaaaaaaaa a a aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa a a
NC System CPU Errors aa aa a
aa a
aa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aaaa aa aaa aaa a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a aa a a aa a aa a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa
aaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaa aa
aaa
aa
a aa aaa aaa a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaa
aa
aaaaaaaaaaaa a
aaaa aa
a a
aa
aa
a a
aa a
aa
a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a
a a
aa
a a
a a
a a
aa
a a
a a a
aa
a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa aa aa aa a
a a aaa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a aaa a aa a aa a a aa a aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa aa aa aa a aa aa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa aa aa aa a a aa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa aa aa aa a aa a
(001 - 018)
aaa
aa
a aa aaa aa aa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a aa a a aa a a aa a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa aa aa aa a a aaa a
aaaa aa
a a
aa
aa
a a
aa a
aa
a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a
a a
aa
a a
a a
a a
aa
a a
a a a
aa
a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa aa aa aa a
a a aaa a
aa a aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaa aaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa aa aa aa a aa
aa
aa
aa
aaaaaaaaa
a aaa aa aa
a aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa
aaaa
a a a aa a a aa
a aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa aa aaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaa
aaaaa
aa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a aaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa aa a aa aa a aa aa aaa
aa
aaaaaaaaaaaa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a
a a
aa aa a aa a aa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa a aa aa a aa a aa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a
aa aa a a
aa
a a
aa
a a
a a a
a a
aa aa aa aa aa a
a aa aa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a a aa a aa aa
aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa a aa aa aa aa aa a aaa
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a aa a aa
aaaa
aa
aa aa a a aa
a a aa aa aaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaa a
a aaaaaaaaaaaa a a aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa a a aa aa a
aa a
aa a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aaaa aa aaa aaa a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa
aaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaa aa
aaaa aa aaa aaa a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa a aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaa
aa
aaaaaaaaaaaa a
aaa
aa
a aa aaa aa aa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaa aa
a a
aa
aa
a a
aa a
aa
a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a
a a
aa
a a
a a
a a
aa
a a
a a a
aa
a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa aa aa aa a
a aa aa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
Data I/O Errors (500 - 602) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

aaaa aa aaa aa aa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
aaaa aa aaa aa aa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
..............
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
Display Operation Errors (400 - 499) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Axis & Spindle Drive Errors ( 19 - 99) . . . . . . . . . . . .
aaaa aa aaa aa aa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
Using the NC Alarm Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
aaa
aa
a aa aaa aa aa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaa aa
a a
aa
aa
a a
aa a
aa
a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a
a a
aa
a a
a a
a a
aa
a a
a a a
aa
a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa aa aa aa a
a a aaa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
Tool Path Mode Programming Errors (800 - 999) . . . 3-7

Auto Cycle Mode Programming Errors (603 - 799) . . 3-6
3-5
3-4
CNC & Machine PLC Control Errors (100 - 399) . . . . 3-3
3-2
3-1
2.
1.
aaa
aa
a aa aaa aa aa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaa aa
a a
aa
aa
a a
aa a
aa
a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a
a a
aa
a a
a a
a a
aa
a a
a a a
aa
a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa aa aa aa a
a a aaa a
aa a aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa aaaaaaaaaaaa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa aa aa aa a a
aaaaaaa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa aa aa aa
Index
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a a aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a a a aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a aaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a a aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
Notes:
1 INTRODUCTION
1-1 PURPOSE OF THIS MANUAL
Mazak is committed to the highest levels of customer service and support. If a
machine problem is encountered, contact the nearby service office of the Mazak
customer support network for assistance.
Mazak machines are engineered with a number of safety devices to protect personnel
and equipment from injury and damage. Operators should not, however, rely solely
upon these safety devices, but should operate the machine only after fully
understanding what special precautions to take by reading the machine documentation
thoroughly.
[ WARNING ]
Do not attempt to operate or perform maintenance/repair on

the machine without a thorough understanding of the
actions about to be taken. If any question exists, contact the

nearest Mazak service center for assistance.
This manual is provided as a quick reference to Mazatrol CNC functions. It should,

however, be used in conjunction with the programming and machine operation manuals
also supplied.
[ NOTE ]
Basic, intermediate and advanced maintenance classes covering

Mazak machines and Mazatrol CNC control systems are
available at the Technical Training Center in Florence, Kentucky.

These classes provide in-depth troubleshooting procedures not
shown in this manual, that can be carried out only by qualified

personnel.
Contact the nearest Mazak service center or the national training

center for additional information.
1-1
1-2 MAZAK CUSTOMER SUPPORT NETWORK
1. North Central Technical Center (Florence, Ky.) ............................ (606) 727-5775
Technical Training Center (Florence, Ky.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (606) 344-9800
2. Midwest Technical Center (Chicago, Il.) ................................. (708) 885-8311
3. Canada Service Center (Mississauga, Ont.) .............................. (905) 670-0201
4. East Technical Center (Hartford, CT.) .................................. (203) 528-9511
5. Southeast Technical Center (Atlanta, Ga.) ............................... (770) 996-1030
6. Southwest Technical Center (Houston, Tx.) .............................. (713) 931-7770
7. West Technical Center (Los Angeles, Ca.) ............................... (310) 327-7172
MAZAK After Hours Customer Support Hotline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (800) 231-1456
1-2
1-3 LIST OF RELATED DOCUMENTATION
The following documentation is provided for use with machining centers. Please use
the Manual Evaluation form supplied in this manual for any comments and suggestions
for improvement. Thank you for your interest.
Machine Manuals:
Operating manual
Maintenance manual
Mechanical parts list
Electric wiring diagram
Manuals for various options
Mazatrol M-32 NC Unit Manuals:
M-32 Operating manual
M-32 Programming manual
Manuals for various optional functions
1-3
Notes:
1-4
2. USING THE NC ALARM LISTS
If a machine failure occurs, or in the event of NC misoperation, the appropriate alarm
number and message will be displayed in the alarm display area of the CRT screen.
If an alarm display appears, refer to the Alarm List to locate and eliminate the cause of
the alarm. One or more alarm numbers and messages may be displayed, depending
on the particular status of an alarm. In the event an alarm occurs, it is highly

recommended that the operator call up the DIAGNOSIS (ALARM) display and check if
any other alarms exist.
2-1 MACHINE STATUS INDICATOR LAMPS

Either one or both of the following two lamps light up in the event of alarm:
?M. FAIL Lights up in the event of a machine failure.
?NC ALARM Lights up in the event of trouble with the MAZATROL CNC.
2-2 ALARM DISPLAY & CLEARING PROCEDURE

Alarms are displayed in the following format:
650 CHAMFERING IMPOSSIBLE (1234, 56, 78)

Tool sequence number
or block number
Unit number or sequence number
Alarm message Work number
Alarm number
Alarms are displayed with the background BOLD or DIM. An alarm displayed bold
indicates a major error, while an alarm displayed dim indicates a relatively minor error.
aaaa
aaa
aa
a
aaa
aaaa
aa
a
aaa
aaa
aaaa
aaa
aaaa
aaa
aaaa
aaa
aaaa
a
aa
aaaa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aa
a
aaaa
BOLD Alarm display DIM Alarm display

aa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aa
a
a
a
a
a
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
H: Alarm displayed in the highlighted status (reversed display)
Clear the display with the RESET key .
N: Alarm displayed in the normal-brightness status (reversed display)
Clear the display with either the CLEAR key or the M. FAIL CLEAR
key.
2-1
2-3
aaaaaaaaaaa
I
J
L
K
H
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
÷
’
‘
”
“
—
aaaaaaaaaaa
Code
aaaaaaaaaaa
a a
F
B
C
E
D
G
aaaaaaaaaaa
Code
aaaaaaaaaaa
—
aaaaaaaaaaa
Action
Cause
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
Servo
Reset stop
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
Spindle
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
Type of error
Operation
aaaaaaaaaaa
Alarm number
Emergency stop
Feed stop (hold)

aaaaaaaaaaa
Single-block stop
Stopped status
Cause of alarm
aaaaaaaaaaa
Alarm message
Status
Type
aaaaaaaaaaa
NC equipment
Machine (PLC)
aaaaaaaaaaa
Operation continued
NC ALARM LIST STRUCTURE
Registered data
aaaaaaaaaaa
External I/O unit

aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
2-2
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
‘
”
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
“
Machine failure
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
Action to be taken to eliminate the cause
aaaaaaaaaaa
a a
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
System (hardware/software) error
Malfunctioning of external I/O unit

aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
Description aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
Alarm description and clearing information is given as shown below:
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
The program or tool data includes an error(s). aaaaaaaaaaa
Malfunctioning of the servo control mechanism

aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
Malfunctioning of the spindle control mechanism

aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
ÿ
◊
÷
’
Machine operation error such as a wrong key being pressed.
aaaaaaaaaaa
error
aaaaaaaaaaa
status
Type of
Display
aaaaaaaaaaa
( , Ÿ ,)
Clearing
Stopped
procedure
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
a a
◊ Clearing procedure
Code Procedure
M Power off Æ Eliminate cause Æ Power back on
N Eliminate cause Æ Power off Æ Power back on
O Eliminate cause Æ Press the RESET key
P Press the RESET key
Q Eliminate cause Æ Press the M. FAIL CLEAR key
R Press the M. FAIL CLEAR key
S Press the CLEAR key
ÿ Display
See the description of (3) above.
Ÿ See Note 1.
Notes:
1. If a program related alarm display appears, that portion of the program in

which the alarm has occurred will be displayed within the parentheses next to
the alarm message. The meaning of each code in parentheses on the Alarm
List is listed in the table below.
Code Meaning
WNO. Work number (MAZATROL or EIA/ISO)
UNO. Unit number (MAZATROL)
SNO. Tool sequence number (MAZATROL)
NNO. Sequence number (EIA/ISO)
BNO. Block number (EIA/ISO)
blank No display, or intra-system alarm processing code
2. The stopped status (÷), clearing procedure (◊), and display color (ÿ) for
some types of alarms depend on whether the alarm-encountered program is
on the foreground (program selected on the POSITION display) or on the

background (program selected on the WK. PROGRAM display). The above
mentioned three types of information for the latter case are indicated with
parentheses in the Alarm List.
3. Alarms related to the machine and control systems use alarm code numbers
from 200 to 399. Please check the “Alarm Table” in the specific machine
electrical manual for detailed information.
2-3
Notes:
2-4
3. MAZATROL M-32B ALARM LISTS
3-1 NC SYSTEM CPU ERRORS
000 ( , , ) 003 MEMORY PARITY ( , , )
Cause Type of Cause Type of

error error
The contents of the memory within the E

NC system (operation instructions or data)
Stopped have been destroyed. Stopped
status status
Action Clearing Action Clearing

procedure procedure
Please contact the nearest MAZAK M

service center.
Display Display
001 WATCH DOG 1 ( , , ) 004 MEMORY GUARD ( , , )

error error
The NC system was not able to process A defect(s) is encountered in the system
E E
data within unit processing time. software or custom option software.
Stopped Stopped
status status
H H

procedure procedure
Please contact the nearest MAZAK Please contact the nearest MAZAK
M M
service center. service center.
Display Display
H H
002 SYSTEM ERROR ( , , ) 005 ZERO DIVISION ( , , )

error error
A problem has occurred in the NC system E Illegal data (such as zero-division) is B
software. included in either the parameter,
Stopped machining program or other data. Stopped
status status
H H

procedure procedure
Please contact the nearest MAZAK M Check the parameter set, machining N
service center. program etc. for correctness.
Display Display
H H
3-1
006 SYSTEM LOADING ERROR ( , , ) 009 SPNDL.CONTROL. (IC MAC 012) ALARM
( , , )
Cause Type of
error Cause Type of
error
The system software stored on the floppy G
disk has been destroyed . Or a The IC MAC 012 on the control printed- D
malfunction has occurred in the floppy Stopped circuit board has not correctly operated.
disk unit. status Stopped
status
H
Action Clearing
procedure Action Clearing
procedure
The floppy disk or the disk unit (including M
the card) needs replacing. Please contact Replace the SF-CA card. M
the nearest MAZAK service center.
Display
Display
H
H
007 SUM CHECK (CRC) ERROR ( , , )

010 SPNDL SPEED ERROR ( , , )
Cause Type of
error Cause Type of
error
The contents of the system software
E
and/or custom software have been The difference between the designated D
destroyed. speed and the motor speed has exceeded
Stopped
the required value because of:
status Stopped
— Spindle overload
“ Speed detection encoder error
status
H ” Card malfunction
H
Action Clearing
procedure
service center. For — above, reduce the load. M
For “ above, replace the speed detection
Display encoder.
For ” above, replace the FS-CA card. Display
H
H
008 BATTERY ALARM ( , , )

011 WATCH DOG 1 ( , , )
Cause Type of
error Cause Type of
error
The battery provided to retain parameters, E
machining programs and other types of The NC system was not able to process E
data within the NC system has reached Stopped data within unit processing time.
the minimum voltage level permissible or status Stopped
has run down. status
L
H
Action Clearing
procedure
Make sure to check the machining data P
for possible loss and that the battery is Please contact the nearest MAZAK M
recharged or replaced. For battery service center.
recharging or replacement, refer to the Display
relevant description given in the Display
Maintenance Manual.
N
H
3-2
012 SYSTEM ERROR ( , , ) 015 ZERO DIVISION ( , , )

error error
An error(s) has occurred in the software E Illegal data (such as zero-division data) is B
of the NC system. included in either the parameter set,
Stopped machining program or other types of data. Stopped
status status
H H

procedure procedure
Please contact the nearest MAZAK M Check if “0” data is included in the N
service center. parameter set, machining program or
other types of machining data, and then
Display correct it if such data is present. Display
H H
013 MEMORY PARITY ( , , ) 016 SYSTEM LOADING ERROR ( , , )

error error
The contents of the memory within the E The system software stored on the floppy G
NC system (operation instructions or data) disk has been destroyed. Or a
have been destroyed. Stopped malfunction has occurred in the floppy Stopped
status disk unit. status

procedure procedure
Please contact the nearest MAZAK M The floppy disk or the disk unit (including M
service center. the card) needs replacing.
Please contact the nearest MAZAK
Display service center. Display
H H
014 MEMORY GUARD ( , , ) 017 SUM CHECK (CRC) ERROR ( , , )

error error
A defect(s) is included in the system E The contents of the system software E
software or custom software. and/or custom software have been
Stopped destroyed. Stopped
status status
H H

procedure procedure
Please contact the nearest MAZAK M Turn power off and then back on. If this M
service center. does not clear the error status, please
contact the nearest MAZAK service
Display center. Display
H H
3-3
018 BATTERY ALARM ( , , )
Cause Type of
error
The NC system battery provided to retain E

parameter, machining program and other
types of data has reached the minimum Stopped
permissible voltage level. status
Action Clearing
procedure
It is required that the machining data is M
rechecked for possible damage when the
battery is recharged or replaced. For the
battery recharging or replacement Display
procedure, please see the Maintenance
Manual. H
3-4
3-2 AXIS & SPINDLE DRIVE ERRORS
020 SPNDL (CONVERTER OVERCURRENT) ( , , )
Cause Type of
error
Electrical current exceeding the set value
has occured (Spindle converter circuits)
— Power transistor damage
D
“ Motor overload
” Wrong motor wiring
Stopped
‘ Motor coil layer short-circuit
status
’ Insufficient power capacity
÷ Abnormal line voltage waveform
◊ Abnormal line frequency (±3%)
H
ÿ Current detector circuit fault
Action Clearing
procedure
— Replace the power transistor
“ Reduce the load
” Correct the wiring M
‘ Replace the motor
019 SPNDL CONTROL. (BREAKER TRIP) ( , , ) ’ Increase the power capacity
÷ Increase the power capacity or use Display
Cause Type of larger-sized cables
error ◊ Improve the fluctuation state of the
Electrical current exceeding the set value frequency H
has occured (Spindle converter circuits) ÿ Replace the SF-CA card
— Power transistor damage
D
“ Motor overload
” Wrong motor wiring 021 INSUFFICIENT VOLTAGE ( , , )
Stopped
‘ Motor coil layer short-circuit
status Type of
’ Insufficient power capacity Cause
÷ Abnormal line voltage waveform error
◊ Abnormal line frequency (±3%) The three-phase input supply voltage has
H F
ÿ Current detector circuit fault decreased below 160V (±5V).
Stopped
Action Clearing status
procedure
— Replace the power transistor H
“ Reduce the load
” Correct the wiring M Action Clearing
‘ Replace the motor procedure
’ Increase the power capacity Check the input voltage, and then
Display M
÷ Increase the power capacity or use increase it to 200/220V ( +10 %).
aaa
aa
aaaa
a
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
larger-sized cables —15

a
a
a
a
◊ Improve the fluctuation state of the Display

frequency H
ÿ Replace the SF-CA card H
3-5
022 MOMENTAR, POWER DOWN ( , , ) 025 WATCH DOG ( , , )

error error
The supply voltage has temporarily A malfunction(s) has occurred in the NC, E
decreased below the minimum permissible the servo amplifier control card, the
level. Stopped internal cables or the connectors. Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Adjust the power supply. Please contact the nearest MAZAK
M
service center.
Display Display
H H
023 ILLEGAL MEMORY 1 ( , , ) 026 ILLEGAL MEMORY 2 ( , , )

error error
A malfunction(s) has occurred in the A malfunction(s) has occurred in the NC,
E E
control card of the servo amplifier, the the servo amplifier control card, the
internal cables or the connectors. Stopped internal cables or the connectors. Stopped
status status
H H

procedure procedure
M service center. M
service center.
Display Display
H H
024 EXTERNAL CLOCK MALFUNCTION ( , , ) 027 MAGNETIC POSITION DETECT MALF ( , , )

error error
A malfunction(s) has occurred in the NC, E A malfunction(s) has occurred either in E
the servo amplifier control card, the the detectors (or cables) fitted to the
internal cables or the connectors. Stopped servo motor or in the servo amplifier. Or Stopped
status the machine parameter settings for the status
servo system include an error(s).
H H

procedure procedure
service center. M service center. M
Display Display
H H
3-6
028 PRINT CIRCUIT BOARD MALF ( , , ) 031 DETECTING NO SIGNAL 3 ( , , )

error error
A malfunction(s) has occurred in the F A malfunction(s) has occurred either in C
control card of the servo amplifier. the detectors (or cables) or the servo
Stopped amplifier. Or the machine parameter Stopped
status settings for the servo system include an status
error(s).
H H

procedure procedure
Please contact the nearest MAZAK M Please contact the nearest MAZAK M
service center. service center.
Display Display
H H
029 DETECTING NO SIGNAL 1 ( , , ) 032 ( , , )

error error
A malfunction(s) has occurred either in C
the detectors (or cables) fitted to the
servo motor or in the servo amplifier. Or Stopped Stopped
the machine parameter settings for the status status
servo system include an error(s).
H

procedure procedure
service center.
Display Display
030 DETECTING NO SIGNAL 2 ( , , ) 033 DETECTING NO SIGNAL 5 ( , , )

error error
A malfunction(s) has occurred either in C
the detectors (or cables) or the servo
amplifier. Or the machine parameter Stopped Stopped
settings for the servo system include an status status
error(s).
H

procedure procedure
service center.
Display Display
3-7
034 BATTERY MALFUNCTION ( , , ) 037 OVER AMPERE ( , , )

error error
The absolute-value detector circuit E A ground short or an internal short has C
backup battery for the servo amplifier occurred to the motor power line. Or an
control card has run down. Stopped overcurrent has flown through the servo Stopped
status amplifier circuit for more than a certain status
time.
H H

procedure procedure
Please contact the nearest MAZAK Locate and correct the shorted portion of
M M
service center. the motor power line. If the alarm status
still persists after that, please contact the
Display nearest MAZAK service center. Display
H H
035 OVER REGENERATION ( , , ) 038 OVER VOLTAGE ( , , )

error error
Acceleration/deceleration has been The input voltage to the servo amplifier or
C C
repeated too many times during rapid its internal voltage has become
feeding. Stopped excessively large. Stopped
status status
H H

procedure procedure
Reduce either the frequency of rapid-feed Please contact the nearest MAZAK
N service center. M
acceleration/deceleration or the rapid
feedrate.
Display Display
H H
036 OVER SPEED 1 ( , , ) 039 DATA PARITY ( , , )

error error
The maximum permissible speed of motor C A malfunction(s) has occurred in the NC, E
or detector rotation has been exceeded. the servo amplifier control card, the
Stopped internal cables or the connectors. Stopped
status status
H H

procedure procedure
Reduce the motor speed. Please contact the nearest MAZAK
If this does not correct the alarm status, N service center. M
then the detector/cable, the servo
amplifier, or the control card is defective; Display Display
please contact the nearest MAZAK
service center.
H H
3-8
040 ILLEGAL DATA ( , , ) 043 EMERGENCY STOP ( , , )

error error
A malfunction(s) has occurred in the NC, E
the servo amplifier control card, the
internal cables or the connectors. Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
service center.
Display Display
041 TRANSMISSION MALFUNCTION ( , , ) 044 EMERGENCY STOP ( , , )

error error
A malfunction of data transmission E Trouble has occurred in the hardware. E
between NC and servo system has
occurred. Stopped Stopped
status status
H H

procedure procedure
Please contact the nearest MAZAK Turn power off and then back on. If this
M M
service center. does not clear the alarm status, please
Display center. Display
H H
042 PARAMETER ERROR ( , , ) 045 EMERGENCY STOP ( , , )

error error
An error(s) is included in the machine E The emergency stop button on the A
parameter settings for the servo system. operation panel has been pressed.
Stopped Stopped
status status
H H

procedure procedure
Please contact the nearest MAZAK N Release the pressed state of the M
service center. emergency stop button and reset the NC
system to its initial state.
Display Display
H H
3-9
046 EMERGENCY STOP ( , , ) 049 ( , , )

error error
An external emergency stop signal has G
been input.
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Check the robot or other external units. O
Display Display
047 ( , , ) 050 ( , , )

error error
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Display Display
048 ( , , ) 051 FIN OVERHEAT ( , , )

error error
A servo amplifier coolingfin has F
overheated due to abnormal operation.
Stopped (Output current is higher than the Stopped
status continuous operation rating.) status

procedure procedure
Reduce the frequency of axis M
acceleration/deceleration.
Display Display
3 - 10
052 MOTOR OVERHEAT ( , , ) 055 SERVO LAG EXCESS ( , , )

error error
The motor has become overheated due to F The difference of the actual machine E
running of the motor at an output higher position from that ordered by NC is
than the rating for the continuous Stopped excessively great, a machine collision has Stopped
operation. status occurred, or trouble has occurred in the status
detector/cable.
H H

procedure procedure
Reduce either the frequency of M Release the machine from the collision. M
acceleration/deceleration or the cutting If this does not correct the alarm status,
load. please contact the nearest MAZAK
H H
053 OVERLOAD 1 ( , , ) 056 EMERGENCY STOP (EXTERNAL) ( , , )

error error
The servo motor has been run at an C An emergency stop signal has been input E
output higher than the rating. from the NC system or the machine.
Stopped Stopped
status status
H H

procedure procedure
Reduce either the frequency of N Check the NC system or the machine, M
acceleration/deceleration or the cutting and locate and eliminate the cause of the
load. emergency stop.
Display Display
H H
054 OVERLOAD 2 ( , , ) 057 ANOTHER AXIS MALFUNCTION ( , , )

error error
A machine collision has occurred. C A malfunction has occurred in the C
optionally added servo amplifier.
Stopped Stopped
status status
H H

procedure procedure
Remove the collision. N Eliminate the cause of the servo amplifier M
malfunction.
Display Display
H H
3 - 11
058 ( , , ) 061 OVER REGENERATION ( , , )

error error
Acceleration/deceleration has taken place C
too many times. (This can cause
Stopped overheating of the regenerative resistor.) Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Reduce the frequency of rapidfeed N
acceleration/deceleration or the rapid
feedrate.
Display Display
059 ( , , ) 062 OVERLOAD ( , , )

error error
The continuous rating of the motor has C
been exceeded. Or an excessive load
Stopped has been applied to the motor because of Stopped
status hunting, machine collision or some other status
unusual status.
H

procedure procedure
Reduce the motor load. If this does not N
reset the alarm status, contact the nearest
MAZAK service center.
Display Display
060 ( , , ) 063 PARAMETER ERROR ( , , )

error error
An error(s) is included in the machine E
parameter settings for the servo system.
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Please contact the nearest MAZAK N
service center.
Display Display
3 - 12
064 OVERTRAVEL ( , , ) 067 SPNDL.CONTL.(CPU)MALFUNCTION ( , , )

error error
An axis has reached its stroke limit. E During division, a CPU error has occurred
(Automatic operation cannot be started in because of wrong parameter settings.
this state.) Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Move the axis in manual operation mode O Correct the parameter settings.
away from the stroke limit. If this has
occurred with no axis at its stroke limit,
check for a disconnection in the signal Display Display
line, for a limit switch malfunction, etc.
N
065 ( , , ) 068 SPNDL. (INVERTER OVERCURRENT) ( , , )

error error
A current exceeding the required value D
has flown into the converter because of:
Stopped (Same as for No. 20.) Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Display Display
066 SPNDL. CONTRL. (PHASE LACK) ( , , ) 069 SPNDL. CONTRL. OVERHEAT ( , , )

error error
One or more of the three phases of the D The main circuit elements have become D
AC power have opened, or fuse F1, F2 overheated because of abnormal
or F3 has blown. Stopped increases in ambient temperature, an Stopped
status overload or a cooling fan failure. status
H H

procedure procedure
Check the three-phase power. M Eliminate the cause(s). M
For blown fuses, check the cause and
then replace the fuses.
Display Display
H H
3 - 13
070 ABSOLUTE POSITION UNRELIABLE ( , , ) 072 2 PORT RAM MALFUNCTION ( , , )

error error
The absolute data has been lost because C, E A servo-control RAM (random access E
of a possible abnormal decrease in memory) malfunction has occurred.
battery voltage. Stopped Stopped
status status
Warning H

procedure procedure
After checking the battery, carry out Watchdog- The MC111 or MC611 card must be M
watchdog-type homing operation. Please type homing replaced. Please contact the nearest
contact the nearest MAZAK service operation MAZAK service center.
center. Display
Display
H
N
073 ROM MALFUNCTION (CHECK SUM) ( , , )
071 LOCAL RAM MALFUNCTION ( , , ) Cause Type of

error
Cause Type of
error A ROM (read only memory) malfunction E
has occurred.
A RAM (random access memory) E Stopped
malfunction has occurred.
status
Stopped
status H
H Action Clearing
procedure
Action Clearing
procedure The MC411 card must be replaced. M
The MC111 or MC411 card must be service center.
M
replaced. Please contact the nearest Display
Display
H
H
074 BUS ERROR ( , , )
Cause Type of
error
Error has occurred during data E
transmission between servo-control unit
and the amplifier. Stopped
status
Action Clearing
procedure
Turn power off and then back on. If this M
does not clear the error status, please
center. Display
3 - 14
075 ADDRESS ERROR ( , , ) 078 AMPLIFIER NOT EQUIPPED ( , , )

error error
Error has occurred during data E Amplifier power is not yet turned on. Or E
transmission between the servo-control no signals are transferred yet.
unit and the amplifier. Stopped Stopped
status status
H H

procedure procedure
Turn power off and then back on. If this M Check for an incorrectly connected cable, M
does not clear the error status, please an incorrectly attached connector, an
contact the nearest MAZAK service inadequate input supply voltage to the
center. Display amplifier, an incorrect axis-number switch Display
setting, etc.
H H
076 ILLEGAL INSTRUCTION ( , , ) 079 2 PORT MEMORY PARITY ( , , )

error error
Error has occurred during data E Servo-related data has been destroyed. E
transmission between the servo-control
status status
H H

procedure procedure
Turn power off and then back on. If this M Card replacement is required. M
does not clear the error status, please Please contact the nearest MAZAK
contact the nearest MAZAK service service center.
center. Display Display
H H
077 ZERO DIVISION ( , , ) 080 ILLEGAL INPUT DIMENSION ( , , )

error error
Error has occurred during data E The units of input are out of the E
transmission between the servo-control permissible setting range.
status status
H H

procedure procedure
Turn power off and then back on. If this M Please contact the nearest MAZAK M
does not clear the error status, please service center.
center. Display Display
H H
3 - 15
081 ILLEGAL OUTPUT DIMENSION ( , , ) 084 ( , , )

error error
An illegal value(s) is included in the E
parameter settings.
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
M
service center.
Display Display
082 ( , , ) 085 ( , , )

error error
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Display Display
083 ( , , ) 086 ( , , )

error error
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Display Display
3 - 16
087 ( , , ) 090 ( , , )

error error
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Display Display
088 ( , , ) 091 ILLEGAL TIME CONST. (FEEDRATE) ( , , )

error error
The necessary time constant is incorrect. E
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Parameter reloading is required. N
service center.
Display Display
089 ( , , ) 092 ILLEGAL TIME CONST. (FEEDRATE) ( , , )

error error
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
service center.
Display Display
3 - 17
093 ILLEGAL TIME CONSTANT ( , , ) 096 ( , , )

error error
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
service center.
Display Display
094 ILLEGAL TIME CONSTANT ( , , ) 097 ( , , )

error error
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
service center.
Display Display
095 ( , , ) 098 ( , , )

error error
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Display Display
3 - 18
3-3 CNC & MACHINE PLC CONTROL ERRORS
102 SOFT LIMIT –X ( , , )
Cause Type of
error
During NC operation, linear axis A
movement is commanded beyond the –X
limit regulated by parameter.
Stopped
NOTE status
Alarms 200-399 are PLC (programmable logic K

control) generated for a specific machine
Action Clearing
application and may vary from machine to
procedure
machine. If the error description is insufficient to
correct the problem, make note and contact your Correct program data so that the machine P
will move within the soft limits.
regional service center for assistance.
Display
100 ( , , ) 103 SOFT LIMIT +Y ( , , )

error error
During NC operation, linear axis A
movement is commanded beyond the +Y
Stopped limit regulated by parameter. Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Correct program data so that the machine P
will move within the soft limits.
Display Display
101 SOFT LIMIT +X ( , , ) 104 SOFT LIMIT –Y ( , , )

error error
During NC operation, linear axis A During NC operation, linear axis A
movement is commanded beyond the +X movement is commanded beyond the –Y
limit regulated by parameter. Stopped limit regulated by parameter. Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Correct program data so that the machine P Correct program data so that the machine P
will move within the soft limits. will move within the soft limits.
Display Display
N N
3 - 19
105 SOFT LIMIT +Z ( , , ) 108 SOFT LIMIT –4th ( , , )

error error
movement is commanded beyond the +Z movement is commanded beyond the –
limit regulated by parameter. Stopped 4th-axis limit regulated by parameter. Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Correct the program and other date so P Correct the program and other date so P
that the machine will move within the soft that the machine will move within the soft
limits. limits.
Display Display
N N
106 SOFT LIMIT –Z ( , , ) 109 SOFT LIMIT +5th ( , , )

error error
movement is commanded beyond the –Z movement is commanded beyond the
limit regulated by parameter. Stopped +5th-axis limit regulated by parameter. Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
limits. limits.
Display Display
N N
107 SOFT LIMIT +4th ( , , ) 110 SOFT LIMIT –5th ( , , )

error error
movement is commanded beyond the movement is commanded beyond the –
+4th-axis limit regulated by parameter. Stopped 5th-axis limit regulated by parameter. Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
limits. limits.
Display Display
N N
3 - 20
111 SOFT LIMIT +6th ( , , ) 114 OVER TRAVEL –X ( , , )

error error
During NC operation, linear axis A The X-axis has reached its minus (–) A
movement is commanded beyond the stroke limit.
+6th-axis limit regulated by parameter. Stopped Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Correct program data so that the machine P Move the axis away from the end in P
will move within the soft limits. manual operation mode.
Display Display
N H
112 SOFT LIMIT –6th ( , , ) 115 OVER TRAVEL +Y ( , , )

error error
During NC operation, linear axis A The Y-axis has reached its plus (+) A
movement is commanded beyond the – stroke limit.
6th-axis limit regulated by parameter. Stopped Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Correct program data so that the machine P Move the axis away from the end in P
will move within the soft limits. manual operation mode.
Display Display
N H
113 OVER TRAVEL +X ( , , ) 116 OVER TRAVEL –Y ( , , )

error error
The X-axis has reached its plus (+) A The Y-axis has reached its minus (–) A
stroke limit. stroke limit.
Stopped Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Move the axis away from the end in P Move the axis away from the end in P
manual operation mode. manual operation mode.
Display Display
H H
3 - 21
117 OVER TRAVEL +Z ( , , ) 120 OVER TRAVEL –4th ( , , )

error error
The Z-axis has reached its plus (+) A The fourth-axis has reached its minus (–) A
Stopped Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Display Display
H H
118 OVER TRAVEL –Z ( , , ) 121 OVER TRAVEL +5th ( , , )

error error
The Z-axis has reached its minus (–) A The fifth-axis has reached its plus (+) A
Stopped Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Display Display
H H
119 OVER TRAVEL +4th ( , , ) 122 OVER TRAVEL –5th ( , , )

error error
The fourth-axis has reached its plus (+) A The fifth-axis has reached its minus (–) A
Stopped Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Display Display
H H
3 - 22
123 OVER TRAVEL +6th ( , , ) 126 Z AXIS NOT COMPLETED ( , , )

error error
The sixth-axis has reached its plus (+) A During initial reference-point return E
stroke limit. following the power-on action, an axis has
Stopped not passed through the Z phase of the Stopped
status corresponding detector. status
K H

procedure procedure
Move the axis away from the end in P First actuate the handle for manual pulse O
manual operation mode. feed to move the axis back in the opposite
direction to the zero-point, and then carry
Display out the zero-point returning operation Display
once again.
H H
124 OVER TRAVEL –6th ( , , ) 127 ORIGIN RETURN DIR. ILLEGAL AXIS ( , , )

error error
The sixth-axis has reached its minus (–) A The axis-movement direction selected A
stroke limit. with the axis selector key is not correct for
Stopped the reference-point return in manual Stopped
status operation mode. status
K K

procedure procedure
Move the axis away from the end in S Set the correct direction using the axis P
manual operation mode. selector keys (+, –).
Display Display
H H
125 ILLEGAL AXIS EXISTS ( , , ) 128 OUTSIDE INTERLOCK AXIS ( , , )

error error
During reference-point return, the E An axis is interlocked because the A
proximity-point detection limit switch has interlock function has become active
overrun the position in which the Stopped (input signal has turned off). Stopped
watchdog is mounted. status status
H K

procedure procedure
Either extend the length of the proximity- O Clear the active state of the interlock P
point watchdog or reduce the reference - function.
point returning speed. After that, carry
out the zero-point returning operation Display Display
once again.
H H
3 - 23
129 INSIDE INTERLOCK AXIS ( , , ) 132 EXTERNAL FEEDRATE ZERO ( , , )

error error
The same direction in which the manual A An attempt has been made to execute A
skip function has become effective is dry-run in the automatic operation mode
specified in the axis-movement command, Stopped or in cutting feed mode, with the manual Stopped
or the servo-off function is active. status feedrate remaining set to 0 on the status
machine operation panel.
K K

procedure procedure
Deactivate the servo-off function. P Change the manual feedrate to a value P
greater than 0. If this alarm message is
displayed when the manual feedrate is not
Display 0, check the signal line for a short-circuit. Display
H N
130 NO OPERATE MODE ( , , ) 133 STOP SPINDLE ( , , )

error error
This message is displayed in the event of A Spindle rotation did not start when the D
incorrect mode selection or a mode spindle rotation start command was
selector switch malfunction. Stopped issued during automatic operation. Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
In the latter case, check the wiring of the P The spindle amplifier and the encoder N
mode selector switches. must be checked for normal operation.
H H
131 CUTTING FEED OVERRIDE ZERO ( , , ) 134 SPINDLE ROTATE NO. OVER ( , , )

error error
The cutting-feed override value is set to 0 A The spindle-speed limit has been D
on the machine operation panel. exceeded.
Stopped Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Change the cutting-feed override value to P Reduce the spindle speed. The spindle N
one greater than 0. If this alarm message amplifier must be checked for normal
is displayed when the cutting-feed operation. Please contact the nearest
override value is not 0, check the signal Display MAZAK service center. Display
line for a short-circuit.
N H
3 - 24
135 BLOCK START INTERLOCK ( , , ) 138 ( , , )

error error
The interlock signal to lock the start of the B
program block has been input.
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
The sequence program needs checking N
for normal functioning. Please contact the
nearest MAZAK service center.
Display Display
136 CUTTING BLOCK START INTERLOCK ( , , ) 139 ( , , )

error error
The interlock signal to lock the start of the B
cutting program block has been input.
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
The sequence program needs checking N
for normal functioning. Please contact the
nearest MAZAK service center.
Display Display
137 OVER DYNAMIC COMPENSATION ( , , ) 140 ( , , )

error error
Dynamic compensation amount exceeded A
3 mm.
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Make sure that the workpiece coordinate P
zero point is centrally positioned in the
workpiece, and set the difference between
the center of the workpiece and the rotary Display Display
center of the table to 3 mm or less.
H
3 - 25
141 ( , , ) 192 EXECUTION IMPOSSIBLE (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)

error error
An internal error(s) has occurred during E
execution of the MMS unit.
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
After checking the entire data of the S
program being executed, tool data, tool
file, parameters, etc., save the data using
Display the CMT I/O and then contact the nearest Display
N
190 ILLEGAL DRUM NO. (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.) 193 NO TOOL IN MAGAZINE (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)

error error
The drum number settings on the B Tool data that corresponds to the pocket B
POSITION or COMMAND display do not numbers being displayed in the “TNO.”
agree with the machine specifications or Stopped item of the POSITION or COMMAND Stopped
machine status. status display are unregistered. status
L L

procedure procedure
Set the drum number appropriate to the S Register the tool data. S
machine status using the drum-number
setting function of MDI-operation mode.
Display Display
N N
191 FILE SYSTEM I/O ERROR (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.) 194 NO TOOL DATA IN PROGRAM (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)

error error
An internal error(s) has occurred during E An internal error(s) has occurred when E
program data change by the function of circumferential speed or feedrate
VFC, MMS etc. Stopped changing by VFC function was under Stopped
status way. status
L L

procedure procedure
After checking the entire data of the S After checking the entire data of the S
program being executed, tool data, tool program being executed, tool data, tool
file, parameters, etc., save the data using file, parameters, etc., save the data using
the CMT I/O and then contact the nearest Display the CMT I/O and then contact the nearest Display
MAZAK service center. MAZAK service center.
N N
3 - 26
200 HYDRAULIC UNIT PRESSURE DOWN ( , , ) 203 SPINDLE OIL PRESSURE DOWN ( , , )

error error
Insufficient hydraulic system pressure. Insufficient spindle lubrication pressure.
F F
Stopped Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Check the hydraulic unit, filter and Check the spindle lube pump and
N N
pressure switch for proper operation. pressure switch for proper operation.
Check the hydraulic unit for proper oil Check the resevoir for proper oil level with
level with the specified fluid. Display the specified fluid. Display
201 CHILLER MALFUNCTION ( , , ) 204 SPINDLE OIL INSUFFICIENT ( , , )

error error
Hydraulic chiller unit fault. Insufficient spindle lubrication oil level.
F F
Stopped Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Check the chiller unit fault status. Check the fluid level and fill with the
N N
recommended oil.
Check the oil level switch.
Display Display
202 AIR PRESSURE DOWN ( , , ) 205 SPINDLE OIL OVERFLOW ( , , )

error error
The incoming system air pressure has Spindle lubrication oil level too high.
F F
dropped or the air pressure switch has
failed.
Stopped Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Check the incoming air supply and Check the fluid level.
N N
pressure switch. Check the oil level switch.
Display Display
3 - 27
206 SPINDLE LUB. CHILLER MALFUNC. ( , , ) 209 SLIDEWAY OIL CONSTANT ( , , )

error error
Spindle chller unit malfunction. Way lubrication pressure is low or oil level
F is insufficient. F
Stopped Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Check spindle lubricating fluid level and fill Verify that the lubrication unit is filled with
N N
with the specified oil. the approved oil.
Check the fault status indicators and Check the lube pressure switch and
contact the nearest Mazak service center Display replace if necessary. Display
for assistance. Check the lube tubing and fittings for
leaks.
207 SLIDEWAY OIL PRESSURE CONSTANT ( , , ) 210 TAP COOLANT INSUFFICIENT ( , , )

error error
Low oil level in the way lubrication unit.
F F
Stopped Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Verify that the lubrication unit is filled with
N N
the approved oil.
Check the lube unit float (level) switch
and replace if necessary. Display Display
208 SLIDEWAY OIL INSUFFICIENT ( , , ) 211 SPINDLE DRIVER MALFUNCTION ( , , )

error error
Way lubrication pressure , flow rate or oil Spindle controller fault.
F D
level is insufficient.
Stopped Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Verify that the lubrication unit is filled with Check the spindle controller fault status
N N
the approved oil. indicators and contact the nearest Mazak
Check the lube pressure switch and service center for assistance.
replace if necessary. Display Display
Check the lube tubing and fittings for
leaks.
3 - 28
212 MAGAZINE DRIVER MALFUNCTION ( , , ) 215 ( , , )

error error
Magazine controller or drive malfunction.
F
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Check the fault status indicators and
contact the nearest Mazak service center N
for assistance.
Display Display
213 INDEX TABLE DRIVER MALFUNC. ( , , ) 216 ( , , )

error error
Index table controller or drive malfunction.
C
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Check the fault status indicators and
contact the nearest Mazak service center N
for assistance.
Display Display
214 ILLEGAL TOOL DESIGNATED ( , , ) 217 THERMAL TRIP ( , , )

error error
An invalid tool was specified. A thermal overload has tripped in the
B F
machine electrical cabinet.
Stopped Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Check the tool data for accuracy. Press the reset button on the thermal
S overload or replace the unit. N
If the problem persists, check for
Display abnormal current draw by protected AC Display
motor and take appropriate action.
3 - 29
218 CONVEYOR THERMAL TRIP ( , , ) 221 MACHINE +24v MALFUNCTION ( , , )

error error
The chip conveyor motor thermal +24v power supply fault.
overload has tripped in the machine F F
electrical cabinet.
Stopped Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Press the reset button on the thermal Check the+24v power supply and fuse in
overload or replace the unit. N the machine electrical cabinet. N
If the problem persists, check for
abnormal current draw by protected AC Display Display
motor and take appropriate action.
219 MAIN TRANSFORMER OVERHEAT ( , , ) 222 AFC OVERLOAD ( , , )

error error
The main power transformer temperature The spindle and Z axis load has not
exceeds 120° C F dropped within 5 seconds of applying the C
AFC function feed override.
Stopped Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Allow the transformer to cool. Reduce the load and repeat operation.
Check for air flow obstruction around the N N
transformer.
If problem recurrs, contact the nearest Display Display
Mazak service center for assistance.
220 ( , , ) 223 IMPOS. S. AUTO TOOL ( , , )
Cause Type of Cause (IN M. UNIT) Type of

error error
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Display Display
3 - 30
224 UNSUITABLE TL FOR TL LGTH MSMT ( , , ) 227 NOT OPERATED M CODE SIMULAT. ( , , )

error error
Tool measurement was attempted with a M code error.
touch sensor (Renishaw probe) or an B B
invalid tool type (backboring, chamfering,
face milling or special tools). Stopped Stopped
status status
I I

procedure procedure
Correct the tool measurement program or Correct the program.
tool data for the correct tools. Q Q
Display Display
225 TOOL LIFE OVER ( , , ) 228 ILLEGAL M CODE ( , , )

error error
A tool was called for in the program that An invalid M code was programed.
has exceeded its established tool life and B B
no spare tool was specified.
Stopped Stopped
status status
J I

procedure procedure
Replace the affected tool and/or correct Correct the program.
tool data. N Q
Press the M.FAIL CLEAR key and restart
operation by pressing CYCLE START. Display Display
226 TOOL BREAKAGE ( , , ) 229 IMPOSSIBLE SCREEN CYCLE START ( , , )

error error
A broken tool was detected (M35 An attempt was made to start a
command) or a broken tool was mounted B B
MEMORY or TAPE operation from other
into the spindle. than the POSITION, COMMAND,
Stopped TRACE or MODAL INFO. displays. Stopped
status status
J I

procedure procedure
Check the tool condition, replace and Go the the correct display and retry.
correct tool data. N S
Display Display
3 - 31
230 ILLEGAL MMS UNIT ( , , ) 233 MACHINE DOOR INTERLOCK ( , , )
Cause [MMS UNIT MALFUNCTION] Type of Cause Type of

error error
Mazak measuring system error. A machine door was opened during
F automatic cycle. F
Stopped Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Check the MMS unit in the machine With the door interlock key at AUTO:
electrical panel or contact the nearest N close the door, press the RESET key and N
Mazak service center for assistance. press CYCLE START.
With the door interlock key at TEST:
Display close the door, press the M.FAIL CLEAR Display
key and press CYCLE START.
231 EXTERNAL CONTROLLER ALARM ( , , ) 234 PALLET CHANGER DOOR INTERLOCK ( , , )

error error
The contoller fault occurred for a vendor A pallet changer door was opened during
supplied option . F automatic cycle. F
Stopped Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Check the contoller fault status indicators. With the door interlock key at AUTO:
Contact the component manufacturer or N close the door, press the RESET key and N
the nearest Mazak service center for press CYCLE START.
assistance. With the door interlock key at TEST:
Display close the door, press the M.FAIL CLEAR Display
232 MACHINE DOOR INTERLOCK ( , , ) 235 MAGAZINE MANUAL INTERRUPT ( , , )

error error
A machine door was opened during
automatic cycle. F F
Stopped Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
With the door interlock key at AUTO:
close the door, press the RESET key and N N
press CYCLE START.
With the door interlock key at TEST:
close the door, press the M.FAIL CLEAR Display Display
3 - 32
236 ( , , ) 239 ( , , )

error error
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Display Display
237 ( , , ) 240 RESTART OPERATION UNFINISHED ( , , )

error error
An attempt was made to start operation
without completing the EIA restart A
operation.
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Display Display
238 ATC STOP ( , , ) 241 SPINDLE OVERLOAD ( , , )
Cause Type of Cause (SPINDLE RPM MALF.) Type of

error error
The ATC STOP menu key way pressed. Spindle controller fault.
A D
The zero speed signal remained ON.
Stopped Stopped
status status
K I

procedure procedure
Turn the ATC STOP key off and press Check the spindle controller fault status
CYCLE START to resume automatic tool S indicators and contact the nearest Mazak N
change. service center for assistance.
Display Display
3 - 33
242 SPINDLE ORIENT TIME OVER ( , , ) 245 ( , , )

error error
Spindle controller fault.
The orient check signal did not come ON D
10 seconds after the spindle orient
command. Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Check the spindle controller fault status
indicators and contact the nearest Mazak Q
service center for assistance.
Display Display
243 SPINDLE ORIENT CANCEL OVER ( , , ) 246 ( , , )

error error
The orient command signal remained ON D
1 second after the Off orient command.
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Display Display
244 SPINDLE ORI. ZERO SIGNAL OFF ( , , ) 247 ( , , )

error error
The spindle zero speed check is OFF D
while the orient check signal is ON.
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Display Display
3 - 34
248 ( , , ) 251 TOOL LENGTH RETRACT SENSOR MAL. ( , , )

error error
A tool length measurement stand retract
command was given but no confirmation F
was received.
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Check the tool measurement stand for
proper operation and the confirmation N
proximity switch.
Display Display
249 ( , , ) 252 DECELERATION SENSOR MALF. ( , , )

error error
During tool length measurement, the SKIP
signal was generated without the F
DECELERATION signal first.
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Check the tool measurement stand for
proper operation and the confirmation N
proximity switches.
Display Display
250 TOOL LENGTH EXTEND SENSOR MAL. ( , , ) 253 SKIP SENSOR MALF. ( , , )

error error
A tool length measurement stand extend During tool length measurement, the
command was given but no confirmation F F
DECELERATION signal was generated
was received. although the SKIP signal was not.
Stopped Stopped
status status
I K

procedure procedure
Check the tool measurement stand for Check the tool measurement stand for
proper operation and the confirmation N proper operation and the confirmation N
proximity switch. proximity switches.
Display Display
3 - 35
254 SPINDLE DETECTOR SENSOR MALF. ( , , ) 257 TOOL UN-CLAMP SENSOR MALF. ( , , )

error error
A tool was detected in the spindle Tool unclamp confirmation was not
although the CRT display indicates no D received within 5 seconds after the F
active tool. unclamp command was given.
Stopped Stopped
status status
I K

procedure procedure
Manually remove the tool from the spindle Check the tool unclamp proximity switch
or use to tool no. set procedure to correct N for proper adjustment. N
the CRT display. Replace if necessary.
Check the spindle tool detector sensor for Display Display
proper adjustment.
Replace if necessary.
255 MGZN TOOL DETECTOR SENSOR MALF. ( , , ) 258 ATC COVER SENSOR (OPEN) MALF. ( , , )

error error
An attempt was made to place a tool in ATC cover open confirmation was not
the magazine at a location where a tool F received within 5 seconds after the cover F
already exists. open command was given.
Stopped Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Move the tool to a different magazine Check the ATC cover open proximity
pocket and/or update tool data. N switch for proper adjustment. N
Check the magazine tool detector sensor Replace if necessary.
for proper adjustment. Display Display
256 TOOL CLAMP SENSOR MALFUNCTION ( , , ) 259 ATC COVER SENSOR (CLOSE) MALF. ( , , )

error error
Tool clamp confirmation was not received ATC cover closed confirmation was not
within 5 seconds after the clamp F F
received within 5 seconds after the cover
command was given. close command was given.
Stopped Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Check the tool clamp proximity switch for Check the ATC cover open proximity
proper adjustment. N switch for proper adjustment. N
Replace if necessary. Replace if necessary.
Display Display
3 - 36
260 ATC ARM EXTEND SENSOR MALF. ( , , ) 263 GEAR SENSOR (MIDDLE SPEED) MALF. ( , , )

error error
ATC arm extend confirmation was not Middle speed gear confirmation was not
received within 5 seconds after the F received within 5 seconds after the gear F
extend command was given. shift command was given.
Stopped Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Check the proximity switch for proper Check the middle speed proximity switch
adjustment. N for proper adjustment. N
Display Display
261 ATC ARM RETRACT SENSOR MALF. ( , , ) 264 GEAR SENSOR (LOW SPEED) MALF. ( , , )

error error
ATC arm retract confirmation was not Low speed gear confirmation was not
received within 5 seconds after the retract F received within 5 seconds after the gear F
command was given. shift command was given.
Stopped Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Check the proximity switch for proper Check the low speed proximity switch for
adjustment. N proper adjustment. N
Display Display
262 GEAR SENSOR (HIGH SPEED) MALF. ( , , ) 265 NEUTRAL SENSOR MALFUNCTION ( , , )

error error
High speed gear confirmation was not Neutral speed confirmation was not
received within 5 seconds after the gear F F
received within 5 seconds after the gear
shift command was given. shift command was given.
Stopped Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Check the high speed proximity switch for Check the neutral position proximity
proper adjustment. N switch for proper adjustment. N
Display Display
3 - 37
266 PALLET CLAMP SENSOR MALF. ( , , ) 269 MAGAZINE STOP PIN MALF. ( , , )

error error
Pallet clamp confirmation was not Magazine stop pin confirmation was not
received within 5 seconds after the clamp F received within 5 minutes after the F
command was given. magazine rotate command was given.
Stopped Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Check the pallet clamp proximity switch Check the magazine stop pin proximity
for proper adjustment. N switch for proper adjustment. N
Display Display
267 PALLET UN-CLAMP SENSOR MALF. ( , , ) 270 X AXIS ORGIN RETURN UNFINISHED ( , , )

error error
Pallet unclamp confirmation was not An attempt was made to do a tool
received within 5 seconds after the F change, tool length measurement, pallet
unclamp command was given. change, etc, without first completing the
Stopped zero point return procedure. Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Check the pallet unclamp proximity switch Perform the zero point return procedure.
for proper adjustment. N N
Display Display
268 MAGAZINE INPOSI. SENSOR MALF. ( , , ) 271 Y AXIS ORGIN RETURN UNFINISHED ( , , )

error error
Magazine in position confirmation was not An attempt was made to do a tool
received within 5 minutes after the F F
change, tool length measurement, pallet
magazine rotate command was given. change, etc, without first completing the
Stopped zero point return procedure. Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Check the magazine in position proximity Perform the zero point return procedure.
switch for proper adjustment. N N
Check the magazine assembly for proper
positioning. Display Display
3 - 38
272 Z AXIS ORGIN RETURN UNFINISHED ( , , ) 275 SPINDLE IMPOS. (SPECIAL TOOL) ( , , )

error error
An attempt was made to do a tool A spindle rotation command was given
change, tool length measurement, pallet F with a touch sensor (Renishaw probe), A
change, etc, without first completing the chip removal tool or other special tool in
zero point return procedure. Stopped the spindle. Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Perform the zero point return procedure. Remove the tool or put the correct tool in
N the spindle. N
Display Display
273 4 AXIS ORGIN RETURN UNFINISHED ( , , ) 276 SPINDLE IMPOS. (NOT FIT ATC ARM) ( , , )

error error
An attempt was made to do a tool
change, tool length measurement, pallet F F
change, etc, without first completing the
zero point return procedure. Stopped Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Perform the zero point return procedure.
N N
Display Display
274 SPINDLE IMPOS. (NOT TOOL CLAMP) ( , , ) 277 GEAR SHIFT IMPOS. (NO TOOL CLAMP) ( , , )

error error
A spindle rotation command was given A gear shift command was given without
without tool clamp confirmation. F
tool clamp confirmation.
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Check the tool clamp proximity switch for Check the tool clamp proximity switch for
proper adjustment. N proper adjustment.
Verify that the manual tool unclamp Verify that the manual tool unclamp
switch is in the tool clamp position. Display Display
switch is in the tool clamp position.
3 - 39
278 GEAR SHIFT IMPOS. (SPECIAL TOOL) ( , , ) 281 SPDL ORIENT IMP. (SPECIAL TOOL) ( , , )

error error
A gear shift command was given with a The spindle orient command was given
touch sensor (Renishaw probe), chip F with a touch sensor (Renishaw probe), A
removal tool or other special tool in the chip removal tool or other special tool in
spindle. Stopped the spindle. Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Remove the tool or put the correct tool in Remove the tool or put the correct tool in
the spindle. N the spindle. N
Display Display
279 GEAR SHIFT IMPOS. (NOT FIT ATC ARM) ( , , ) 282 ORIENT IMP. (NOT FIT ATC) ( , , )

error error
F F
Stopped Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
N N
Display Display
280 SPDL ORIENT IMP. (NOT TOOL CLAMP) ( , , ) 283 UNCLAMP IMP. (NOT STOP SPINDLE) ( , , )

error error
The spindle orient command was given The tool unclamp key switch was turned
without tool clamp confirmation. F F
ON while the spindle was turning or in jog
mode.
Stopped Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Check the tool clamp proximity switch for Stop all spindle operations.
proper adjustment. N N
Verify that the manual tool unclamp
switch is in the tool clamp position. Display Display
3 - 40
284 UNCLAMP IMP. (SPNDL ORI. UNFI.) ( , , ) 287 AUTO MODE IMP. (MGZN MANUAL) ( , , )

error error
The tool unclamp key switch was turned An attempt was made to change to the
ON before the spindle orient was A auto mode while the magazine manual A
completed. switch was ON.
Stopped Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Complete the spindle orient and retry. Turn the magazine manual switch OFF.
N N
Display Display
285 UNCLAMP IMP. (NOT MANUAL MODE) ( , , ) 288 TOOL LOAD IMP. (TOOL IN ARM) ( , , )

error error
The tool unclamp key switch was turned A tool load command was made although
ON although the machine was not in A the current spindle tool does not equal 0. A
manual mode. A tool unload command was made
Stopped although a tool was detected in the Stopped
status magazine. status
K K

procedure procedure
Place the machine in manual mode and Correct the spindle tool data and retry.
retry. N N
Display Display
286 AUTO MODE IMP. (TOOL UNCLAMP) ( , , ) 289 TOOL LOAD IMP. (NOT FIT ARM. SFT) ( , , )

error error
An attempt was made to change to the
auto mode while the tool unclamp key A A
switch was ON.
Stopped Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Turn the tool unclamp key switch OFF.
N N
Display Display
3 - 41
290 TOOL LOAD IMP. (NOT FIT MGZN) ( , , ) 293 UNLOAD IMP. (TOOL IN MAGAZINE) ( , , )

error error
An attempt was made to load a tool An attempt was made to unload a tool
although the magazine in position signal in F although the magazine in position signal in F
not ON. not ON.
Stopped Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Wait until the magazine is in position. Wait until the magazine is in position.
Check the magazine in position proximity N Check the magazine in position proximity N
switch for proper adjustment. switch for proper adjustment.
Display Check the magazine assembly for proper Display
Check the magazine assembly for proper
positioning. positioning.
291 UNLOAD IMP. (TOOL IN MAGAZINE) ( , , ) 294 TOOL SELECT IMP. (TNO.EXCS.ZERO) ( , , )

error error
An attempt was made to unload a tool in
the magazine at a location where a tool F F
already exists.
Stopped Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Move the tool to a different magazine
pocket and/or update tool data. N N
Check the magazine tool detector sensor
for proper adjustment. Display Display
292 UNLOAD IMP. (NOT FIT ARM. SHIFT) ( , , ) 295 TOOL SELECT MISS OPERATION ( , , )

error error
F A
Stopped Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
N N
Display Display
3 - 42
296 MAGAZINE EXTEND ALARM ( , , ) 299 ( , , )

error error
Magazine extended confirmation was not
received within 5 seconds after the extend F
command was given.
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Check the magazine extended proximity
switch for proper adjustment. N
Display Display
297 MAGAZINE RETRACT ALARM ( , , ) 300 TOOL SELECT MISS OPERATION 1 ( , , )

error error
Magazine retracted confirmation was not A wrong tool was selected.
received within 5 seconds after the retract F A
command was given.
Stopped Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Check the magazine retracted proximity Check tool data for accuracy.
switch for proper adjustment. N N
Display Display
298 MAGAZINE NOT ZERO RETURN ( , , ) 301 TOOL SELECT MISS OPERATION 2 ( , , )

error error
The magazine was not fully retracted
F A
(home position).
Stopped Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Manually jog the magazine to home
N position. N
Chcek the magazine home position
Display proximity switch and replace if necessary. Display
3 - 43
302 MAGAZINE EXTEND ALARM ( , , ) 305 TOOL HOLDER DOWN SENSOR MALF. ( , , )

error error
Magazine extended confirmation was not Tool holder down confirmation was not
received within 5 seconds after the extend F received within 5 seconds after the F
command was given. command was given.
Stopped Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Check the magazine extended proximity Check the tool holder down proximity
switch for proper adjustment. N switch for proper adjustment. N
Display Display
303 MAGAZINE RETRACT ALARM ( , , ) 306 NC TABLE UNCLAMP SENSOR MALF. ( , , )

error error
Magazine retracted confirmation was not NC rotary table unclamp confirmation was
received within 5 seconds after the retract F not received within 5 seconds after the F
command was given. unclamp command was given.
Stopped Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Check the magazine retracted proximity Check the NC table unclamp proximity
switch for proper adjustment. N switch for proper adjustment. N
Display Display
304 MAGAZINE NOT ZERO RETURN ( , , ) 307 5 AXIS UNCLAMP SENSOR MALF. ( , , )

error error
5th axis unclamp confirmation was not
F F
received within 5 seconds after the
unclamp command was given.
Stopped Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Check the 5th axis unclamp proximity
N switch for proper adjustment. N
Display Display
3 - 44
308 5 AXIS ORIGIN RETURN UNFINISHED ( , , ) 311 ( , , )

error error
An attempt was made to do a tool
change, tool length measurement, pallet F
change, etc., without first completing the
zero point return procedure. Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Perform the zero point return procedure.
N
Display Display
309 MMS SKIP SIGNAL MALF. ( , , ) 312 CAN’T ATC (M. LOCK OR Z. NG.) ( , , )

error error
The SKIP signal was received while an An ATC command was given while the
axis was moving in rapid traverse. F MACHINE LOCK or Z AXIS CANCEL F
menu was active.
Stopped Stopped
status status
H K

procedure procedure
Check the touch sensor (Renishaw probe) Turn off the MACHINE LOCK or Z AXIS
for looseness or damage. N CANCEL menu and press CYCLE N
If the problem repeats, check the MMS START to continue.
unit in the machine electrical panel. Display Display
310 ( , , ) 313 ( , , )

error error
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Display Display
3 - 45
314 ( , , ) 317 CAN’T PLUS MOTION ( , , )

error error
After first turning machine power ON, an
attempt was made to move an axis in the A
plus direction before moving in the minus
Stopped direction. Stopped
status (During the zero return procedure) status

procedure procedure
Move the axis a short distance minus
before attempting a plus direction move. N
Display Display
315 ( , , ) 318 SET UP SWITCH WAS SELECTED ( , , )

error error
An attempt was made to run the machine
in automatic with the Set Up selector F
switch ON.
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Turn OFF the Set Up switch located on
the front operation panel and retry. N
Display Display
316 DOOR INTERLOCK (SINGLE BLOCK) ( , , ) 319 PALLET-HYD. PRESSUR TOO LOW ( , , )

error error
A machine door was opened while in the
TEST mode of automatic operation. The F F
machine will continue to run single block.
Stopped Stopped
status status
J K

procedure procedure
Close the machine door or run in single
block. N N
Display Display
3 - 46E
320 PALLET #1 SELECT SENSOR MALF. ( , , ) 323 PALLET DOOR CLOSE SENSOR MALF. ( , , )

error error
F F
Stopped Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
N N
Display Display
321 PALLET #2 SELECT SENSOR MALF. ( , , ) 324 PALLET LOAD SENSOR MALF. ( , , )

error error
F F
Stopped Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
N N
Display Display
322 PALLET DOOR OPEN SENSOR MALF. ( , , ) 325 PALLET UNLOAD SENSOR MALF. ( , , )

error error
F F
Stopped Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
N N
Display Display
3 - 47E
326 PALLET LOAD DEC. SENSOR MALF. ( , , ) ( , , )

error error
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Display Display
327 PALLET UNLOAD DEC. SENSOR MALF. ( , , ) ( , , )

error error
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Display Display
( , , ) ( , , )

error error
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Display Display
3 - 48E
( , , ) ( , , )

error error
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Display Display
( , , ) ( , , )

error error
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Display Display
( , , ) 349 Z AXIS AIR BLOW LS MALF. ( , , )

error error
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Display Display
3 - 49E
350 DOOR INTERLOCK (ATC) ( , , ) 353 MAGAZINE RETRACT MISSOPERATION ( , ,
)
Cause Type of Cause [MAGAZINE WILL NOTINSERT] Type of
error error
A machine door was opened during A magazine retract command was made
automatic tool change operation. F with the machine units out of position. A
Stopped Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Close the door, press the RESET key and Properly position the machine units:
press CYCLE START. N 1) Make sure the tool is clamped N
2) Move the X & Y axes to #2 home
3) Move Z axis to #1 or #2 home
Display Display
351 RESTART (CYCLE START PB.) ( , , ) 354 ATC COVER CLOSE MISSOPERATION ( , , )
Cause [REOPEN (CYCLE START)] Type of Cause [ATC COVER WILL NOT OPEN] Type of
error error
An attempt to start ATC with a machine An attempt was made to close the ATC
door open. (Door interlock) A cover while the magazine was not fully A
retracted.
Stopped Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Restart operation using the CYCLE Check the magazine assembly and the
START pushbutton after closing the N retracted proximity switch for proper N
machine door and clearing alarms 232 & adjustment.
350. Replace if necessary.
Display Display
352 MAGAZINE EXTEND MISSOPERATION ( , , ) 355 MAGAZINE ROTATION MISSOPERATION ( , , )
Cause [MAGAZINE WILL NOT EJECT] Type of Cause [MAGAZINE WILL NOT TURN] Type of
error error
A magazine extend command was made A magazine rotation command was made
with the machine units out of position. A A
with the machine units out of position.
Stopped Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Properly position the machine units: Properly position the machine units:
1) Close the ATC cover N 1) Fully retract the magazine N
2) Move the X & Y axes to #2 home OR
3) Move Z axis to #1 home when the 2) The Z axis is positioned at #1 home
magazine has a tool. (Tool load) Display Display
and the active spindle tool is “0“
Move Z axis to #2 home when the
magazine does not have a tool. (Unload)
3 - 50E
( , , ) ( , , )

error error
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Display Display
( , , ) ( , , )

error error
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Display Display
( , , ) ( , , )

error error
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Display Display
3 - 51E
( , , ) ( , , )

error error
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Display Display
( , , ) ( , , )

error error
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Display Display
( , , ) ( , , )

error error
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Display Display
3 - 52E
3-4 DISPLAY OPERATION ERRORS
400 ( , , ) 403 PROGRAM TOO LARGE ( , , )

error error
The limit of 250 lines per program has A
been exceeded.
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Recreate the program so that it consists S
of 250 lines or less.
Display Display
401 ILLEGAL FORMAT ( , , ) 404 MEMORY CAPACITY EXCEED ( , , )

error error
The format of the input data is not an — Additional creation of a machining
A
available one. program is no longer possible since
(Example) Negative data has been input the memory has already been filled up
Stopped A
to an item that rejects negative data input. to its machining-program data storage
status
capacity
L “ Additional preparation of process
control data is no longer possible since Stopped
100 sets of such data have already status
Action Clearing
procedure been stored.
” Additional preparation of program
Press the clear key and then input correct
S layout data is no longer possible since
data.
1000 sets of such data have already L
been stored.
Display
Action Clearing
N procedure
Make an available storage area by either S
402 ILLEGAL NUMBER INPUT ( , , ) erasing an unnecessary machining
program from the memory or saving a
Type of machining program onto an external Display
Cause
error storage, and then create a new machining
— The work number of a display
program. N
A
inhibiting program was specified.
“ The numeric value that has been input
Stopped
is out of the allowable range.
status
Action Clearing
procedure
— The operation concerned cannot be
S
performed for the program of display
inhibition (Program management
function). Display
“ Press the clear key and then input
correct data. N
3 - 53
405 ( , , ) 408 PROGRAM ERROR ( , , )

error error
The memory contents in the machining- A
program data storage area have been
Stopped destroyed. Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Delete the corresponding program. S
Display Display
406 MEMORY PROTECT ( , , ) 409 ILLEGAL INSERTION ( , , )

error error
— Inhibiting operation (editing, erasing, Program data insertion is not possible. A
renumber and entry of names) has A
been performed for the edit-inhibiting Stopped
program. Stopped status
“ PROGRAM LOCK/ENABLE switch on status
the operation panel is set to the LOCK L
position. L
Action Clearing
Action Clearing procedure
procedure It is not possible to insert data before the S
— The operation concerned cannot be common program unit.
S
performed for the edit-inhibiting
program (Program management Display
function). Display
“ Set the PROGRAM LOCK/ENABLE N
switch to the ENABLE position. N
410 ILLEGAL DELETION ( , , )

407 DESIGNATED DATA NOT FOUND ( , , )
Cause Type of
Cause Type of error
error Program deletion is not possible. A
The number or character string that has A
been designated does not exist in the Stopped
program. Stopped status
status
L
L
Action Clearing
procedure It is not possible to delete the common S
Designate an existent number or S unit.
character string.
Display
Display
N
N
3 - 54
411 STOP POWER IN PROGRAM EDITING ( , , ) 414 AUTO CALCULATION IMPOSSIBLE ( , , )

error error
A portion of the program may have been A Automatic calculation of circumferential A
destroyed because power has been speed and feedrate is not possible.
turned off during program editing. Stopped Stopped
status status
L L

procedure procedure
Check the corresponding program for S Check and correct the tool sequence data S
incorrect data, and correct the program or machining unit of the program.
data if an error(s) exists in it.
Display Display
N N
412 WPC NESTING OVER ( , , ) 415 ( , , )

error error
The number of repeats of subprogram A
nesting has exceeded nine times.
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Correct the program so that the total S
number of repeats of subprogram nesting
becomes nine or less.
Display Display
413 PROGRAM OVER ( , , ) 416 AUTO PROCESS DIA EXCEED ( , , )

error error
The program registration has exceeded its A Tools cannot be automatically developed A
maximum value available (up to 32 or 256 because of errors of the machining-unit
programs, depending on the type of Stopped data. Stopped
model). status status
L L

procedure procedure
Delete an unnecessary program(s) from S Check and correct the machining-unit S
the memory, or save all the necessary data.
programs onto an external storage and
then delete an unnecessary program. Display Display
N N
3 - 55
417 ( , , ) 420 DESIGNATION OVERLAP ( , , )

error error
An attempt has been made to input the
same data as that which has already A
Stopped been registered.
— Pocket number in the TOOL LAYOUT Stopped
status status
display.
“ Machining-program number (changed)
” Machining priority number L
Action Clearing
procedure
Check and correct the data settings. S
Display
Display
418 ( , , )
421 ( , , )
Cause Type of
Cause Type of
error
error
Stopped
status Stopped
status
Action Clearing
procedure
Display
Display
419 AUTO TAP PROCESS IMPOSSIBLE ( , , )

422 MEMORY PROTECT (I/O BUSY) ( , , )
Cause Type of
error Cause Type of
error
The pitch or other data cannot be A
automatically set because of incorrectness An attempt has been made to edit or input A
the machining program, tool data, etc.
of the tap nominal diameter in the tapping- Stopped
unit data. during I/O operation. Stopped
status
status
L
L
Action Clearing
procedure
Check and correct the tapping-unit data S
and tapping-tool sequence data of the Wait until the I/O operation is completed, S
program. and then repeat the editing or input
Display operation from the beginning.
Display
N
N
3 - 56
423 EXCEEDED MAX NUMBER OF TOOLS ( , , ) 426 PROGRAM DATA MISSING ( , , )

error error
During tool layout, the number of tools A The tool sequence data cannot be A
used in the designated program has automatically developed because of
exceeded the maximum available number Stopped partial lack of the machining-unit data. Stopped
per drum. status status
L L

procedure procedure
Check and correct the corresponding S Fill up all the machining-unit data items S
machining program so that the maximum with data.
number of tools available for the drum is
not exceeded. Display Display
N N
424 ALL POCKET NO.S NOT ASSIGNED ( , , ) 427 MEMORY PROTECT (AUTO MODE) ( , , )

error error
It is not possible to finish the tool layout A An attempt has been made to input a tool A
operation because the pocket number has tip current-position counter value in the
not yet been assigned to all the required Stopped automatic operation mode. Stopped
tools. status status
L L

procedure procedure
Assign the pocket number(s) and then S Change the mode over to the manual S
finish the tool layout operation. mode, and then input a tool tip current-
position counter value.
Display Display
N N
425 DATA MISSING ( , , ) 428 MEMORY PROTECT (AUTO OPERAT.) ( , , )

error error
Processing is not possible because of An attempt has been made to input A
insufficient data. A unallowable data on a display (such as
— Saving or loading was attempted the TOOL DATA display) during
without necessary data (such as work Stopped
Stopped automatic operation.
numbers, etc.) on the DATA IN OUT status
status
(CMT) display.
“ The data input for restart operation is L
insufficient. L
Action Clearing
procedure Input allowable data only after placing the S
Input all necessary data. NC equipment in its reset state or after
S
changing the current mode over to
another mode. Display
Display
N
N
3 - 57
429 MEASURING NOT ALLOWED ( , , ) 431 ILLEGAL PALLET NO. ( , , )

error error
The following conditions were not A nonexistent pallet number has been A
satisfied: designated.
Coordinate measurement A Stopped
— Automatic operation must not be in
status
progress.
“ The spindle must have a tool mounted L
on it. Stopped
” The tool data of the tool mounted on status Action Clearing
the spindle must have already been procedure
input.
Tool-length measurement Designate a correct pallet number. S
— Automatic operation must not be in
L
progress.
Display
Action Clearing N
procedure
Set the specified conditions and then S
make the measurement. 432 ILLEGAL TOOL NO. ( , , )
Display Cause Type of

error
N A nonexistent tool number has been A
designated.
Stopped
430 ILLEGAL TOOL DESIGNATED ( , , ) status
Cause Type of L
error
Action Clearing
procedure
Stopped Designate a correct tool number. S
status
Display
Action Clearing N
procedure
433 SAME PROGRAM EXISTS ( , , )
Display Cause Type of

error
The number of the machining program A
that has been designated for program
reading from an external unit already Stopped
exists within the NC memory. status
Action Clearing
procedure
Check the number of the machining S
program.
Display
3 - 58
434 NO ASSIGNED TOOL IN TOOL FILE ( , , ) 437 NO NOM.-DIA DATA IN PROGRAM ( , , )

error error
The tools that have been designated on A It has been found during tool layout that A
the machining program (face-mills, end- there is a tool without a nominal diameter
mills, chamfering cutters, and ball end- Stopped in the designated program. Stopped
mills) include a tool(s) that is not yet status status
registered in the TOOL FILE display.
L L

procedure procedure
Register the corresponding tools in the Check if nominal diameters have been
S S
TOOL FILE display. assigned to all tools registered in the
designated program.
Display Display
N N
435 PROGRAM CHECK NOT ALLOWED ( , , ) 438 NOT FOUND END UNIT ( , , )

error error
The end unit is not included in the
A
machining program.
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Create the end unit at the end of the
S
program.
Display Display
436 DESIGN. T-NO. NOT MEASURABLE ( , , ) 439 MAZATROL PROGRAM DESIGNATED ( , , )

error error
An unregistered tool number has been A — The machining program that has been
designated in the automatic tool-length designated for the tape punching A
measurement mode. Stopped machine is a MAZATROL program.
“ A MAZATROL program has been
Stopped
status status
designated for copying purposes
L during EIA/ISO program editing.
L
Action Clearing
procedure
Designate a tool number registered in the S
TOOL DATA display. No MAZATROL programs can be S
designated for tape punching machine or
Display during EIA/ISO program editing.
Display
N
N
3 - 59
440 EIA/ISO PROGRAM DESIGNATED ( , , ) 443 HELP IS AVLBL FOR PRCS UNIT ONLY
( , , )
Cause Type of
error Cause Type of
— The machining program that has been
error
designated on the TOOL LAYOUT or A The help (DETAILED INFORM.) display A
PROCESS WORK display is an can be called only for machining units.
EIA/ISO program. Stopped Stopped
“ An EIA/ISO program has been status status
designated for copying purposes
during MAZATROL program editing. L
L

procedure procedure
No EIA/ISO programs can be designated Move the cursor to a machining-unit data S
S item, and then call the DETAILED
during MAZATROL program editing on
the TOOL LAYOUT or PROCESS INFORM. display.
WORK display. Display Display
N N
441 ILLEGAL DRUM NO. ( , , ) 444 ( , , )

error error
A nonexistent drum number has been A

designated.
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Designate a correct drum number. S
Display Display
442 DATA RENEWAL NOT ALLOWED ( , , ) 445 ( , , )

error error
No updates can be made to the A

machining program.
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
This message may also be displayed S

when the NC equipment is busy
processing data. Press the clear key and
Display Display
then carry out the operation.
3 - 60
446 RESTART TIMES OVER ( , , ) 449 RESTART SEARCH FINISHED ( , , )

error error
The block to be searched for at the time A An attempt has been made to carry out A
of restart of the EIA/ISO program does another search operation when EIA/ISO
exist, but the designated number of times Stopped restart searching had already been Stopped
of reappearance of the block is too large. status finished. status
L L

procedure procedure
Check the number of reappearances of S Press the reset key and then carry out the S
the block. restart operation once again.
Display Display
N N
447 PROGRAM ERROR ( , , ) 450 ( , , )

error error
A program error(s) has occurred during A
EIA/ISO restart search.
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
The program being searched for includes S
an error(s). Perform a tool-path check
upon the program contents.
Display Display
448 RESTART SEARCH UNFINISHED ( , , ) 451 DRUM CHANGE UNIT MISSING ( , , )

error error
The drum change unit is not included in A
the machining program that is to be run
on a machine provided with a drum Stopped
Stopped
changer (option). status
status

procedure procedure
Check the contents of the machining S
program, and then set the drum change
unit in it.
Display Display
3 - 61
452 NO SHAPE DATA IN THE UNIT ( , , ) 455 SAME PROGRAM APPOINT ( , , )

error error
No shape data exists in the program unit A The machining program currently being A
that has been designated in an attempt to edited has been appointed for the
make a copy of shape data. Stopped particular program copying operation. Stopped
status status
L L

procedure procedure
Check the contents of the program unit to S Copying within the same program is not S
be made a copy of shape. possible. Check the designated program
number.
Display Display
N N
453 SELECTED SHAPE INADEQUATE ( , , ) 456 NO TOOL IN SPINDLE ( , , )

error error
An attempt has been made to copy shape The spindle does not currently have a tool
A A
data whose type is not available for the mounted on it.
particular program unit. Stopped Stopped
status status
L L

procedure procedure
It is not possible to copy shape data of After mounting a tool on the spindle, carry
S S
the pallet-changing unit, index unit, or out the particular operation once again.
other units that do not have a shape
sequence. Display Display
N N
454 CURSOR POSITION INADEQUATE ( , , ) 457 NOT FOUND ADDRESS OF DATA ( , , )

error error
Processing not permissible for the current A During execution of manual program unit, A
cursor position has been attempted. data setting has been attempted without
(Example) An attempt has been made to Stopped addressing. Stopped
carry out a shape copying operation with status status
the cursor on the tool sequence line.
L L

procedure procedure
During execution of the manual program,
S S
designate an address before a setting
data.
Display Display
N N
3 - 62
3-5 DATA I/O ERRORS
500 ( , , ) 503 LOAD IMPOSSIBLE (TOO MANY) (WNO., , )

error error
An attempt has been made to load more A
machining programs than the maximum
Stopped number of programs that can be Stopped
status registered within the NC system. status

procedure procedure
Delete unnecessary programs, or save S
the programs onto an external storage
and then delete them. After that, load the
Display particular program. Display
501 ILLEGAL FORMAT ( , , ) 504 LOAD IMPOSSIBLE (AUTO OPE.) ( , , )

error error
A cassette tape or floppy disk that An attempt has been made during
A A
contains data other than M2 or M32 data automatic operation to load data other
has been set. than machining programs.
Stopped Stopped
status status
L L

procedure procedure
Set the cassette tape or floppy disk that Load the data only after completion of
S S
contains M2 or M32 data. automatic operation.
Display Display
N N
502 LOAD IMPOSSIBLE (SIZE OVER) (WNO., , ) 505 LOAD IMPOSSIBLE (MISMATCH) ( , , )

error error
The contents of the cassette tape or A Loading has been attempted although the A
floppy disk are not correct. data within the cassette tape or floppy
(Loading of a MAZATROL program of Stopped disk does not match to the NC system. Stopped
more than 250 lines of data has been status (Mismatching in data size, drum status
attempted.) conditions, etc)
L L

procedure procedure
Either use another cassette tape (or S Check if the data saved on the cassette S
floppy disk) or save the program data. tape or floppy disk is the data to be used
After that, carry out a load operation once for the machine currently in operation.
again. Display Display
N N
3 - 63
506 SAME PROGRAM APPOINT (WNO, , ) 509 MEMORY PROTECT ( , , )

error error
An attempt has been made to load the A Loading has been attempted when the A
machining program that has the same PROGRAM LOCK/ENABLE switch
work number as that of a machining Stopped setting was LOCK. Stopped
program registered within the NC system. status status
L L

procedure procedure
Check for overlapping work numbers. S Set the switch to ENABLE, and then S
carry out the loading operation.
Display Display
N N
507 NO DESIGNATED PROGRAM (WNO., , ) 510 CONTENTS ARE NOT COINCIDENT (WNO., , )

error error
The machining program whose saving Comparison between the cassette tape or
A A
onto CMT has been attempted does not floppy disk contents and the NC memory
exist in the NC system. Stopped contents has shown disparities in data Stopped
status size, type of file information, etc. status
L L

procedure procedure
Check if the machining program with the — Locate those disparities on the
S
specified work number exists in the NC PROGRAM FILE display and correct S
system. them, and then make the comparison
Display once again.
“ If the disparities exist in data other Display
N than machining program data, check if
the data is for the machine being
used. N
508 MEMORY CAPACITY EXCEEDED (WNO., , )
Cause Type of
error
An attempt has been made to load more A
machining programs than the maximum
number of programs that can be Stopped
registered within the NC system. status
Action Clearing
procedure
Delete unnecessary programs, or save S
the programs onto an external storage
particular program. Display
3 - 64
511 DATA ARE NOT COINCIDENT (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.) 513 PROG. SOFTWARE NOT COINCIDENT ( , , )

error error
Comparison between the cassette tape or An attempt has been made to load a
A
floppy disk contents and the NC data A machining program different in structure
settings has shown several disparities. from the programs within the NC memory.
Stopped
Note) For EIA/ISO programs, the Stopped status
number displayed in the UNO. position is status
a line number, which corresponds to the L
number displayed at the lower right corner
of the WK. PROGRAM display. L Action Clearing
procedure
Action Clearing
procedure Check if the contents of the cassette tape S
or floppy disk are for M32 or M2.
— After correcting the disparities within
the machining program, make the Display
comparison once again.
“ If the disparities exist in data other S
N
than machining program data, locate
those disparities on each display.
Note) This alarm message may be Display 514 DESIGNATED DATA NOT COINCIDENT
displayed if data is saved prior to ( , , )
automatic operation and then subjected to
comparison with that after automatic Cause Type of
operation. This is because execution of error
automatic operation may cause automatic N
An attempt has been made to load data A
data overriding. (other than machining program data) that
differs in structure from the NC memory Stopped
data. status
512 DESIGNATED FILE NOT FOUND (WNO., , )
Cause Type of L
error
Action Clearing
The machining program or another data A procedure
that has been designated for the LOAD or
COMPARE operation does not exist Stopped Check if the contents of the cassette tape S
within the cassette tape or floppy disk. status or floppy disk are for M32 or for the
machine being used.
L Display
Action Clearing N
procedure
Carry out a DIRECTORY operation to
S
check what type of data is stored on the
cassette tape or floppy disk.
Display
3 - 65
515 CMT MIS-CONNECTED ( , , ) 517 PROG.OPERATION NOT ALLOWED (WNO., , )

error error
This message implies incorrect cable — An attempt has been made to save a
connection between CMT (cassette G display inhibiting program. (Program A
magnetic tape unit) or microdisk unit and management function)
the NC system, or implies a power-off Stopped “ An attempt has been made to save Stopped
status or an incorrect baud-rate setting. status the program being edited (or the status
In the case of microdisk unit, this program being loaded using another
message also implies incorrect setting of I/O unit). L
a floppy disk. L
Clearing Action Clearing

Action
procedure procedure
— Check if the specified work number is
— Check for correct cable connections. S
S for the program of display inhibition.
“ Check if power is turned on.
“ Carry out a saving operation only after
” Check for correct baud-rate setting.
(Parameter for the NC system: G1) Display completion of the program editing Display
operation (or the program loading
‘ For microdisk unit, check if the floppy
disk is correctly set. operation using another I/O unit). N
N
516 SYSTEM ERROR ( , , ) 518 DATA OPERATION NOT ALLOWED ( , , )
Type of Cause Type of

Cause
error error
— An attempt has been made during
An error has occurred within the NC E automatic operation to load data other
system. A
than machining program data.
Stopped “ An attempt has been made to save
status the data being loaded using another Stopped
I/O unit. status
L ” An attempt has been made to load the
data being saved using another I/O
Action Clearing unit. L
procedure
Please contact the nearest MAZAK Action Clearing
service center. (At this time, also please S procedure
notify them of what kind of operating Wait until automatic operation has been
procedure you had carried out before the S
Display completed (or until the loading or saving
alarm message appeared and what values operation using another I/O unit has been
were displayed in parentheses.) completed). Display
N
N
3 - 66
519 DATA SIZE OVER (WNO.,Note., ) 521 CMT MIS-EQUIPPED ( , , )

error error
The EIA/ISO machining program includes The cassette tape unit is not loaded. A
a block that consists of more than 256
characters. (EOB or EOR does not A
Stopped
appear within 256 characters.)
Stopped status
Note) The number displayed next to the
work number is a line number, which status L
corresponds to the number displayed in
the lower right section of the WK. Action Clearing
PROGRAM display. L procedure
Action Clearing Load a cassette tape correctly into the S

procedure tape unit.
Correct the EIA/ISO machining program. Display

S
(Insert EOB within 256 characters.)
N
Display
N 522 NO OPERABLE DATA IN CMT ( , , )
Cause Type of
520 MEMORY CAPACITY EXCEEDED (WNO., , ) error
An M2-use cassette tape or floppy disk
Cause Type of A
error was used, but it contained no machining
programs. (Only machining programs can Stopped
The tape end has been reached before G be loaded from cassette tape or floppy
saving onto the cassette tape or floppy status
disk for M2.)
disk was completed. Stopped L
status
Action Clearing
L procedure
Action Clearing No machining programs are registered S

procedure within the M2-use cassette tape or floppy
disk. Check this state on MAZATROL
Divide the data into two segments, and S M2. Display
resave the particular data segment onto
the cassette tape or floppy disk. N
Display
N 523 CMT I/O ERROR ( , , )
Cause Type of
error
A hardware error has occurred in the G
CMT or microdisk unit.
Stopped
status
Action Clearing
procedure
Check the CMT or microdisk unit S
baudrate setting (RS-232C setting
parameter), and replace the cassette tape
or floppy disk. Display
3 - 67
524 CMT WRITE PROTECT ( , , ) 526 CMT MALFUNCTION ( , , )

error error
Data saving onto a write-protected A Data cannot be read because of the G
cassette tape or floppy disk has been presence of check sum errors, for
attempted. Stopped example, within the cassette tape or Stopped
status floppy disk contents. status
L L

procedure procedure
The cassette tape or floppy disk is S Reread the data only after setting a new S
protected against data writing. cassette tape or floppy disk or after
Release the write-protected state. saving the corresponding data.
(For cassette tape, fill in the hole on the Display Display
tape surface with tape.)
N N
525 STOP POWER IN CMT ACTION ( , , ) 527 ( , , )

error error
Power has been turned off during
A
operation of the CMT or microdisk unit.
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Check the machining program being
transferred. If an abnormality is found, S
repeat the desired operation. If this alarm
state has occurred during loading of a Display
Display
machining program, erase the loaded
portion of the program and then execute
the loading again. N
528 NO EIA/ISO OPTION ( , , )
Cause Type of
error
An attempt has been made to load an A
EIA/ISO program although the EIA/ISO
option is not provided. Stopped
status
Action Clearing
procedure
Provide the NC equipment with an S
EIA/ISO option. (Only with this option, can
EIA/ISO programs be processed.)
Display
3 - 68
529 ( , , ) 532 LOAD IMPOSSIBLE (SIZE OVER) ( , , )

error error
The contents of the paper tape or floppy A
disk are not correct.
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Use an appropriate type of paper tape or S
floppy disk. Or punch the data once
again.
Display Display
530 NO TAPE READER PUNCHER OPTION ( , , ) 533 LOAD IMPOSSIBLE (TOO MANY) (WNO., , )

error error
An attempt has been made to carry out a An attempt has been made to load more
A A
tape I/O operation although the tape machining programs than the maximum
reader/puncher option is not provided. Stopped number of programs that can be Stopped
L L

procedure procedure
Provide the NC system with a tape S Delete unnecessary programs, or save S
reader/puncher option. (Only with this the programs onto an external storage
option, can tape I/O operations be carried and then delete them. After that, load the
out.) Display particular program. Display
N N

error error
Paper tape with a format unavailable on A An attempt has been made during A
M32 was used. automatic operation to load data other
Stopped than machining programs. Stopped
status status
L L

procedure procedure
Punch the paper tape into a format Load such data only after completion of
S S
available on M32. automatic operation.
Display Display
N N
3 - 69
535 STOP POWER IN TAPE READ PUNCH ( , , ) 538 MEMORY CAPACITY EXCEEDED (WNO., , )

error error
Power has been turned off during A An attempt has been made to load more A
operation of the tape reader/puncher or machining programs than the maximum
microdisk unit. Stopped number of programs that can be Stopped
L L

procedure procedure
If power has been turned off during S Delete unnecessary programs, or save S
loading, check the machining program the programs onto an external storage
loaded. If an error(s) is found, delete the and then delete them. After that, load the
loaded data and then reload the program. Display particular program. Display
If power has been turned off during
punching, repunch the tape. N N
536 SAME PROGRAM APPOINT (WNO, , ) 539 MEMORY PROTECT ( , , )

error error
An attempt has been made to load the Loading has been attempted when the
A A
machining program that has the same PROGRAM LOCK/ENABLE switch
work number as that of a machining Stopped setting was LOCK. Stopped
program registered within the NC system. status status
L L

procedure procedure
Check for an overlapping work number. S Set the switch to ENABLE, and then S
carry out the loading operation.
Display Display
N N
537 NO DESIGNATED PROGRAM (WNO., , )
Cause Type of
error
The machining program whose punching A
or saving onto paper tape or CMT has
been attempted does not exist in the NC Stopped
system. status
Action Clearing
procedure
Check if the machining program with the S
specified work number exists in the NC
system.
Display
3 - 70
540 CONTENTS ARE NOT COINCIDENT (WNO., , ) 542 NO DESIGNATED PROGRAM (WNO., , )

error error
Comparison between the cassette tape or The machining program or data that has
A
floppy disk contents and the NC memory been designated for the LOAD or
contents has shown disparities in data A COMPARE operation does not exist
Stopped
size, type of file information, etc. This within the cassette tape or floppy disk.
status
alarm state occurs if a COMPARE Stopped
operation is carried out after punching a status L
machining program that does not have
end M codes (M02, M30, M99) or a Action Clearing
machining program that contains data procedure
L
preceded by these end M codes.
Carry out an ALL LOAD operation to
S
check the contents of the machining
Action Clearing program stored on the cassette tape or
procedure floppy disk. Display
After specifying the end M codes, correct
S
the machining program so that the codes N
cannot be followed by data. If the end M
codes are to be followed by data, specify Display
end M code nullification under parameter 543 DESIGNATED DATA IS NOT RIGHT ( , , )
G50. N
Cause Type of
error
541 DATA ARE NOT COINCIDENT (WNO.,Note., ) The designated search data is not correct
A
(when EOB has been set in the search
Cause Type of data). Or REWIND has been designated
error Stopped
although the rewind option is not provided. status
Comparison between the cassette tape or
floppy disk contents and the NC memory A L
has shown several disparities.
Note) The number displayed next to the Stopped Action Clearing
work number is a line number, which status procedure
corresponds to the number displayed at
the lower right corner of the WK. — Check if the search data is correct. S
PROGRAM display. L “ Check if the rewind parameters (G39,
G48) are correct.
Note, however, that REWIND is possible Display
Action Clearing
procedure only for a tape reader provided with a
rewind option. N
After correcting the disparities within the S
machining program, make the comparison
once again. 544 TAPE READER MIS-CONNECTED ( , , )
Display
Cause Type of
N error
This message implies incorrect cable G
connection between tape reader or
microdisk unit and the NC system or Stopped
implies a power-off state. In the case of status
microdisk unit, this message also implies
incorrect setting of a floppy disk. L
Action Clearing
procedure
— Check for correct cable connections. S
“ Check if power is turned on.
” In the case of microdisk unit, check if
the floppy disk is correctly set. Display
3 - 71
545 TAPE PUNCHER MIS-CONNECTED ( , , ) 547 PROG.OPERATION NOT ALLOWED (WNO., , )

error error
This message implies incorrect cable G — An attempt has been made to save a
connection between tape puncher or display inhibiting program. (Program A
microdisk unit and the NC system or Stopped management function)
implies a power-off state. In the case of status “ An attempt has been made to save Stopped
microdisk unit, this message also implies the program being edited (or the status
incorrect setting of a floppy disk. L program being loaded using another
I/O unit). L
Action Clearing
— Check for correct cable connections. procedure
S
“ Check if power is turned on. — Check if the specified work number is
” In the case of microdisk unit, check if S
for the program of display inhibition.
the floppy disk is correctly set. Display “ Carry out a saving operation only after
completion of the program editing Display
N operation (or the program loading
operation using another I/O unit). N
546 SYSTEM ERROR ( , , )

Cause Type of
error Cause Type of
An error has occurred within the system. error
E
An attempt has been made to load an
A
Stopped EIA/ISO program although the EIA/ISO
status option is not provided.
Stopped
status
L
L
Action Clearing
Please contact the nearest MAZAK procedure
service center. (At this time, also please S Provide the NC system with an EIA/ISO S
notify them of what kind of operating option. (Only with this option, can EIA/ISO
procedure you had carried out before the Display programs be processed.)
alarm message appeared and what values Display
were displayed in parentheses.)
N N
3 - 72
549 DATA SIZE OVER (WNO.,Note., ) 551 SET THE NEW PAPER TAPE ( , , )

error error
The machining program includes a block - The tape reader/puncher is not correctly A
that consists of more than 256 characters. loaded with paper tape.
(EOB or EOR does not appear within 256 A - Differences in baud-rate or other Stopped
characters.) parameter settings for RS-232C exist
Stopped status
Note) The number displayed next to the between the tape reader/puncher (or
work number is a line number, which status microdisk unit) and the NC system. L
the lower right section of the WK. Action Clearing
PROGRAM display. L procedure
Clearing — Check if the tape reader/puncher is S

Action
procedure correctly loaded with paper tape.
“ Check for differences in RS-232C
Correct the machining program. (Insert parameter settings between the I/O Display
S
EOB within 256 characters.) unit and the NC system. (Parameters
for the NC system: G19 G54) N
Display
N 552 ( , , )
Cause Type of
550 NOT FOUND WNO. ON PAPER TAPE ( , , ) error
Cause Type of
error
Loading or comparing is not possible Stopped
A status
since no O numbers ( work numbers) are
stored on the paper tape or floppy disk. Stopped
status
Action Clearing
L procedure
Action Clearing
procedure
Call the TAPE I/O display and designate S Display
a work number(s).
Display
N 553 TAPE READER ERROR ( , , )
Cause Type of
error
A hardware error has occurred in the tape G
reader or the microdisk unit.
Stopped
status
Action Clearing
procedure
Before operating the tape reader or S
microdisk unit, check that no differences
in RS-232C parameter settings exist
between the tape reader or microdisk unit Display
and the NC system and replace the paper
tape or floppy disk. N
3 - 73
554 TAPE PUNCHER ERROR ( , , ) 557 PARITY V ERROR ( , , )

error error
A hardware error has occurred in the tape G The contents of the paper tape or floppy
puncher or the microdisk unit. disk cannot be read since they include a A
Stopped parity-V error(s).
status E E E Stopped
O O O status
B B B
L
The number of sprocket holes
in this area must be even. L
Action Clearing
Before operating the tape puncher or procedure
S
microdisk unit, check that no differences Reading is made possible by invalidating S
in RS-232C parameter settings exist the parity-V check parameter setting
between the tape puncher or microdisk Display (G43, bit 1).
unit and the NC system and replace the Display
paper tape or floppy disk. N
N
555 MAZATROL PROGRAM DESIGNATED ( , , )

558 PROGRAM END NOT FOUND ( , , )
Cause Type of
error Cause Type of
An attempt has been made to punch a error
A
MAZATROL program onto paper tape. A machining program in which EOR
Stopped precedes the end M code (M02, M30 or A
status M99) or the next O number (work
number) was loaded. Stopped
L The end-of-program condition can be status
changed by varying the settings of the
Action Clearing parameters (G47/G50). L
procedure
Designate an EIA/ISO program. Action Clearing
S procedure
(Only EIA/ISO programs can be punched
on paper tape.) Since the machining program has already
Display S
been loaded, the WK. PROGRAM display
must be called and then one of the above
N three end M codes must be inserted in Display
the program.
N
556 PARITY H ERROR ( , , )
Cause Type of
error
The contents of the paper tape or
floppy disk cannot be read since A
they include a parity-H error(s).
(The number of holes on tape must Stopped
always be even for ISO; it must be status
odd for EIA).
L
Sprocket
Action Clearing
procedure
Reading must be carried out only after S
replacing the paper tape or floppy disk or
after repunching the program.
Display
3 - 74
559 DESIGNATED DATA NOT FOUND ( , , ) 562 NO DESIGNATED PROGRAM (WNO. , , )

error error
The designated data was not found on the A The machining program corresponding to A
paper tape or floppy disk. the specified work number does not exist
Stopped within the NC system. Stopped
status status
L L

procedure procedure
Select another set of data or make a Check if the machining program with the
S S
search once again from the beginning of specified work number exists within the
the paper tape or floppy disk. NC system.
Display Display
N N
560 NO PRINTER OPTION ( , , ) 563 PRINTER I/O ERROR ( , , )

error error
Printer operation was attempted although - A hardware error has occurred on the
A G
the printer option is not provided. printer.
Stopped - The baud-rate or other RS-232C Stopped
status parameter settings differ between the status
printer and the NC system.
L L

procedure procedure
Provide the NC system with a printer S Check for differences in the above S
option. (Only with this option, can printer settings between the printer and NC
operation be carried out.) system.
Display (Parameters for the NC system: G10 Display
G18)
N N
561 SET THE NEW PAPER ( , , ) 564 ( , , )

error error
Output onto the printer was attempted
when it was not loaded with paper or
when it was not in a READY status. Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
— Load the printer with paper. S
“ Set the printer ready for operation.
Display Display
3 - 75
565 PRINTER MIS-CONNECTED ( , , ) 568 DESIGNATED DATA IS NOT RIGHT (WNO., , )

error error
This message implies incorrect cable G The G11 and G12 parameter settings A
connection between the printer and NC (number of paper feed lines, and number
system or implies a power-off status. Stopped of lines per page) are not correct. Stopped
status status
L L

procedure procedure
— Check if the printer cables are S Set the parameters correctly. S
correctly connected.
“ Check if printer power is turned on.
Display Display
N N
566 SYSTEM ERROR ( , , ) 569 DATA SIZE OVER (WNO.,Note., )

error error
An error(s) has occurred within the The EIA/ISO machining program includes
E
system. a block that consists of more than 256
characters. (EOB or EOR does not A
Stopped
appear within 256 characters.)
status Stopped
L work number is a line number, which status
Action Clearing the lower right section of the WK.
procedure PROGRAM display. L
Please contact your YAMAZAKI MAZAK Action Clearing

products service station. (At this time, S procedure
also please notify them of what kind of
Correct the EIA/ISO machining program.
operating procedure you had carried out Display S
before the alarm message appeared and (Insert EOB within 256 characters.)
what values were displayed in
parentheses.) Display
N
N
567 PROG.OPERATION NOT ALLOWED (WNO., , )
Cause Type of
error
An attempt has been made to output onto A
the printer the program being edited (or
the program being loaded using another Stopped
I/O unit). status
Action Clearing
procedure
Carry out a printout operation only after S
completion of the program editing
operation (or the program loading
operation using another I/O unit). Display
3 - 76
570 NO DNC OPTION ( , , ) 573 LOAD IMPOSSIBLE (TOO MANY) (WNO., , )

error error
DNC operation was attempted although A An attempt has been made to load more A
DNC option is not provided. machining programs than the maximum
Stopped number of programs that can be Stopped
L L

procedure procedure
Provide the NC system with a DNC S Delete unnecessary programs, or save S
option. (Only with this option, can DNC the programs onto an external storage
operation be carried out.) and then delete them. After that, load the
Display particular program. Display
N N

error error
Data other than M32 or M2 use data has An attempt has been made during
A A
been transmitted from the host system, automatic operation to load data other
(The format of the transmitted data is not than machining program data.
Stopped Stopped
correct.)
status status
L L

procedure procedure
Check if the transmitted data from the Load such data only after completion of
S S
host system is M32 or M2 use data. automatic operation.
Display Display
N N
572 LOAD IMPOSSIBLE (SIZE OVER) (WNO., , ) 575 LOAD IMPOSSIBLE (MISMATCH) ( , , )

error error
The contents of the transmitted machining A Loading has been attempted when the A
program from the host system are not transmitted data from the host system
correct. Stopped does not match to the data or other Stopped
(More than 250 lines of MAZATROL status parameter settings within the NC system. status
program data has been transmitted.) (Mismatching in data size, drum
L conditions, etc) L

procedure procedure
Check the size of the program which has Check if the data that has been
S S
been transmitted from the host system. transmitted from the host system is that
which is to be used for the machine being
Display used. Display
N N
3 - 77
576 SAME PROGRAM APPOINT (WNO., , ) 578 MEMORY CAPACITY EXCEED (WNO., , )

error error
An attempt has been made to load the A An attempt has been made to load more A
machining program that has the same machining programs than the maximum
work number as that of a machining Stopped number of programs that can be Stopped
program registered within the NC system. status registered within the NC system. status
L L

procedure procedure
Check for an overlapping work number. Delete unnecessary programs, or save S
This alarm message also implies that the the programs onto an external storage
parameter (G98, bit 2) is set for the S
priority of the old program over a new particular program. Display
one. If the parameter is set to 0, the old Display
data will automatically be deleted in such N
a case as mentioned above and the new
program data can be loaded with the
specified work number. N 579 MEMORY PROTECT ( , , )
Cause Type of
577 NO DESIGNATED PROGRAM (WNO., , ) error
Loading has been attempted when the
Cause Type of A
error PROGRAM LOCK/ENABLE switch
setting was LOCK. Stopped
- The machining program whose
status
transmission from the NC system to the
A
host system has been attempted does L
not exist within the NC system.
- The machining program that has been Stopped
status Action Clearing
designated using a control command procedure
(work number search or program
deletion) does not exist within the NC Set the switch to ENABLE, and then
system. L carry out the loading operation. This S
alarm message also implies that the
Action Clearing setting of the parameter (G98, bit 3) is Display
procedure OFF (0). Change this parameter setting
Check if the machining program with the to ON (1). Data loading will then become
S possible. N
specified work number exists in the NC
system.
Display
580 ( , , )
N Cause Type of
error
Stopped
status
Action Clearing
procedure
Display
3 - 78
581 ( , , ) 584 RECEIVED DATA NOT COINCIDENT ( , , )

error error
- An attempt has been made to load data
other than machining program data and A
Stopped also different in structure from the data
status stored within the NC system. Stopped
- The contents of the header block or status
data block in the file transfer message
(including machining programs) are not
Action Clearing correct. L
procedure
Action Clearing
procedure
- Check if the data that has been
Display transferred from the host system is for S
use with M32 or for use with the
machining being operated.
- Check the contents of the header block Display
(version number, etc.) or data block
582 DSGNTD FILE NOT TRANSFERED ( , , ) (sequence number, etc.) in the file
transfer message. N
Cause Type of
error
A file different from the one that has been 585 CABLE MIS-CONNECTED ( , , )
A
requested from NC system to the host
system was transferred from the latter. Cause Type of
Stopped error
status
This message implies incorrect cable G
L connection between the host system and
the NC system or implies a power-off Stopped
Action Clearing status. status
procedure
Check the details of the file that has been L
S
transferred from the host system.
Action Clearing
Display procedure
- Check if the DNC cables are correctly
N connected.
- Check if the host system is turned on S
and ready for data transmission/
583 PROG. SOFTWARE NOT COINCIDENT ( , , ) reception.
There may be cases that although a DNC
Cause Type of Display
option is provided, DNC itself is not to be
error used for the time being and thus the DNC
An attempt has been made to load a A cables are not yet connected. If this is
machining program that is different in the case, then set the appropriate
structure from those stored within the NC parameter (G98, bit 1) to OFF (0). This N
Stopped
system. status will clear the alarm display.
Action Clearing
procedure
- Check if the program that has been S
transferred from the host system is for
use with M32 or M2.
- Check if the contents of the file transfer Display
message (header block) are correct.
N
3 - 79
586 SYSTEM ERROR ( , , ) 588 DATA OPERATION NOT ALLOWED ( , , )

error error
An error has occurred within the system. E - An attempt has been made during
automatic operation to load data other
than machining program data. A
Stopped
status - An attempt has been made to transmit
to the host system the data being Stopped
L loaded using another I/O unit. status
- An attempt has been made to load the
Action Clearing data being saved using another I/O unit.
procedure L
Please contact the nearest MAZAK Action Clearing

service center. (At this time, also please S procedure
notify them of what kind of operating
procedure you had carried out before the Wait until automatic operation has been
Display S
alarm message appeared and what values completed (or until the loading or saving
were displayed in parentheses.) operation using another I/O unit has been
completed). Display
N
N
587 PROG.OPERATION NOT ALLOWED (WNO., , )
Cause Type of 589 DATA SIZE OVER (WNO.,Note., )

error
Cause Type of
— An attempt has been made to transmit error
a display inhibiting program to the host
A The EIA/ISO machining program includes
system. (Program management
a block that consists of more than 256
function) A
Stopped characters. (EOB or EOR is not present
“ An attempt has been made to transmit
status within 256 characters.)
to the host system the program being Stopped
edited (or the program being loaded status
work number is a line number, which
using another I/O unit). L corresponds to the number displayed in
the lower right section of the WK.
Action Clearing PROGRAM display. L
procedure
— Check if the specified work number is Action Clearing
S procedure
for the program of display inhibition.
“ Carry out the transfer operation only Correct the machining program. (Insert
S
after completion of the program editing Display EOB within 256 characters.)
(or program loading using another I/O
unit). N Display
3 - 80
590 DNC COMMAND IMPOSSIBLE ( , , ) 592 RECEIVED ILLEGAL COMMAND ( , , )

error error
The particular status of the NC system - The control command or file transfer
disables execution of the control command that has been requested from
A A
command that has been requested from the host system is a nonexistent
the host system. command.
- A request for work number search has Stopped - The machine number that has been Stopped
been made during automatic operation. status designated for the loading of data other status
- During automatic operation, a request than machining program data does not
for deleting the machining program agree with any of the machine numbers
being used for the automatic operation L within the NC system. L
has been made.
Action Clearing
procedure
- Check the details of the command S
Wait until the NC system becomes ready message that has been sent from the
S
for processing or until the automatic host system.
operation is completed, and then make - Check if the machine number is the Display
the request once again. Display same as that registered within the NC
system (parameter G106). N
N
593 DNC I/O ERROR ( , , )

591 ( , , )
Cause Type of
Cause Type of error
error
- During use of DNC, processing has
been aborted by line noise or other
hardware factors. G
Stopped - RS-232C communication parameter
status settings (such as those of the baud-rate, Stopped
etc.) between the host system and NC status
system differ.
- Timer, number-of-retries or other
Action Clearing settings are not correct. L
procedure
Action Clearing
procedure
- Make line checks and hardware checks
Display of the host and NC systems.
- Match the RS-232C communication S
parameter settings between the host
system and NC system. Display
- Set the timer, number-of-retries, or other
settings to those of the host system.
(Parameters for the NC system: (G55 to
G108) N
3 - 81
594 SEND-RECEIVE ERROR ( , , ) 596 DNC MALFUNCTION ( , , )

error error
- The preset number of retries has been An irretrievable hardware error has G
exceeded during transmission/reception occurred during reception of the first
of command messages. G message (ENQ) from the host system. Stopped
- RS-232C communication parameter status
settings (such as those of the baud-rate, Stopped
etc.) between the host system and NC status L
system differ.
- Timer, number-of-retries or other Action Clearing
settings are not correct. L procedure
Action Clearing After making hardware checks of the NC S

procedure and host systems and line checks, turn
the NC system power back on and then
- Make line checks and message checks restart the receiving operation. Display
of the host systems.
N
- Set the timer, number-of-retries or other 597 STOP POWER IN DNC ACTION ( , , )
(Parameters for the NC system: (G55 to Cause Type of
G108) N error
Power has been turned off during DNC
A
595 FILE TRANSFER ERROR ( , , ) operation.
Stopped
Cause Type of status
error
- The preset number of retries has been L
exceeded during transmission/reception
of the messages. G Action Clearing
- RS-232C communication parameter procedure
settings (such as those of the baud-rate, Stopped Check for errors in the machining
etc.) between the host system and NC status program being used, and if errors are S
system differ. found, carry out the DNC operation once
- Timer, number-of-retries or other again. Note, however, that if the
settings are not correct. L machining program is being loaded, then Display
loading must be carried out once again
Action Clearing after erasing the loaded contents of the
procedure program. N
- Make line checks and message checks
of the host systems.
- Set the timer, number-of-retries or other
(Parameters for the NC system: (G55 to
G108) N
3 - 82
Cause Type of
error
An attempt has been made to transfer
A
EIA/ISO program although the NC system
is not provided with an EIA/ISO option.
Stopped
status
Action Clearing
procedure
Without an EIA/ISO option, EIA/ISO S
program processing is not possible.
Display
599 NO APPOINT DATA ( , , )
Cause Type of
error
The host system has issued a request for
transmission/reception of data not existing
within the NC system. A
- A drum-tool data transfer request has
been issued to the NC system though it Stopped
is not provided with a drum. status
- A request for transfer of a larger volume
of data than the control data stored
within the NC system has been made. L
Action Clearing
procedure
Check the contents of the command S
messages that have been sent from the
host system.
Display
3 - 83
Notes:
3 - 84
3-6 AUTO CYCLE MODE PROGRAMMING ERRORS
600 ( , , ) 603 NO DESIGNATED PROGRAM (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)

error error
The program having the work number that
has been set in the subprogram unit does B
Stopped not exist within the memory.
status No work number has been set in the Stopped
subprogram unit. status
The work number that has been
designated as the restart position does not
Action Clearing exist within the memory. I (L)
procedure
Action Clearing
procedure
Review the machining programs to see if O (S)
Display the designated program exists.
Display
H (N)
601 SYSTEM ERROR ( , , )
Cause Type of 604 NO PITCH IN MULTI WORKPIECES

error (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)
A processing error has occurred within
E Cause Type of
the NC system.
error
Stopped Pitch X is not yet set in spite of the fact
status B
that multi-piece machining in the direction
I (L) of the X-axis is to take place. Stopped
Pitch Y is not yet set in spite of the fact status
Clearing that multi-piece machining in the direction
Action
procedure of the Y-axis is to take place. I (L)
Using CMT I/O, save the program data,
O (S) Action Clearing
tool data, tool file data, parameters, etc.
procedure
that are currently being used. After that,
please contact the nearest MAZAK Display Review the particular machining program O (S)
service center. and then set an appropriate multi-piece
H (N) machining pitch in the common unit,
Display
602 PROG. DATA NOT ALLOWED ( , , ) H (N)
Cause Type of
error
An attempt has been made to start the B
program being transferred.
Stopped
status
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure
After the transfer operation is completed, O (S)
start the program.
Display
H (N)
3 - 85
605 NO TOOL DATA IN PROGRAM (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.) 608 MISSING INPUT DATA (LINE) (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)

error error
The point-, line- or face-machining unit B A line-machining unit lacks data. B
does not contain any tool sequences.
Stopped Stopped
status status
I (L) I (L)

procedure procedure
Review the particular machining program Review the particular machining program,
O (S) O (S)
to see if there are units that do not and set data if a line-machining unit lacks
contain necessary tool sequences. data.
Display Display
H (N) H (N)
606 NO FIGURE IN PROGRAM (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.) 609 MISSING INPUT DATA (FACE) (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)

error error
The point-, line- or face-machining unit A face-machining unit lacks data.
B B
does not have any figure data.
Stopped Stopped
status status
I (L) I (L)

procedure procedure
Review the particular machining program Review the particular machining program,
O (S) O (S)
to see if there are units that do not and set data if a face-machining unit lacks
contain necessary figure data. data.
Display Display
H (N) H (N)
607 MISSING INPUT DATA (POINT) 610 MISSING TOOL DATA FOR POINT
(WNO.,UNO.,SNO.) (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)

error error
A point-machining unit lacks data. B A point-machining tool sequence lacks B
data.
Stopped Stopped
status status
I (L) I (L)

procedure procedure
Review the particular machining program, Review the particular machining program,
O (S) O (S)
and set data if a point-machining unit and set data if a point-machining tool
lacks data. sequence lacks data.
Display Display
H (N) H (N)
3 - 86
611 MISSING TOOL DATA FOR LINE 613 WPC UNIT INCOMPLETE (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)
(WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)
Cause Type of
Cause Type of error
error
The WPC unit lacks data. B
A line-machining tool sequence lacks B
data.
Stopped
Stopped status
status
I (L)
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure Review the particular machining program,
O (S)
Review the particular machining program, and set data if the WPC unit lacks data.
O (S)
and set data if a line-machining tool
sequence lacks data. Display
Display
H (N)
H (N)
614 WPC NESTING OVER (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)

612 MISSING TOOL DATA FOR FACE
(WNO.,UNO.,SNO.) Cause Type of
error
Cause Type of
The maximum permissible number of
error B
repeats of MAZATROL program nesting
A face-machining tool sequence lacks B has been exceeded nine.
data. Stopped
status
Stopped
status I (L)
I (L) Action Clearing

procedure
Action Clearing
Review and correct the particular
procedure O (S)
machining program so that the total
Review the particular machining program, number of repeats of nesting does not
O (S)
and set data if a face-machining tool excess nine. Display
sequence lacks data.
Display
H (N)
H (N)
615 OFS UNIT INCOMPLETE (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)
Cause Type of
error
The offset unit lacks data. B
Stopped
status
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure
Review the particular machining program,
O (S)
and set data if the offset unit lacks data.
Display
H (N)
3 - 87
616 DATA ERROR IN M CODE UNIT (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.) 619 LINE/FACE CUTTING PAR. ERROR
(WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)
Cause Type of
error Cause Type of
The M code unit contains no data. error
B
The line- or face-machining parameter B
settings are out of their permissible
Stopped
ranges. Stopped
status
status
I (L)
I (L)
Action Clearing
Review the particular machining program, procedure
O (S)
and input data to the M code unit. The parameter E13 is set to “0”; change O (S)
it to a value other than “0”.
Display
Display
H (N)
H (N)
617 EXECUTION IMPOSSIBLE (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)

620 CUTTING SPEED ZERO (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)
Cause Type of
error Cause Type of
error
The data processing operation cannot be
B
performed because of contradiction in Of tool sequence data (except for chip B
data. This condition occurs if an attempt removal), the circumferential speed is
Stopped
is made to start automatic operation when unset or set to “0”.
status Stopped
the specified work number is an status
unregistered number. I (L)
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure
Search out the contradictory data making O (S)
reference to WNO., UNO., SNO. (which Review the machining program and set
O (S)
are displayed together with the alarm the desired circumferential speed.
message), and then correct the data. Display
Display
H (N)
H (N)
618 POINT CUTTING PARAMETER ERROR

(WNO.,UNO.,SNO.) 621 FEEDRATE ZERO (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)

error error
The point-machining parameter setting(s) B Of tool sequence data (except for chip B
is out of its permissible range. removal), the feedrate is unset or set to
Stopped “0”. Stopped
status status
I (L) I (L)

procedure procedure
Review the machining program and set
O (S) O (S)
the desired feedrate.
Display Display
H (N) H (N)
3 - 88
622 DESIGNATED UNIT NOT FOUND ( , , ) 625 EXCEED ENDMILL DIAMETER (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)

error error
The unit that has been designated as the B The value of “(groove width) – (finish
restart position is not present in the allowance R) × 2” of the endmill groove B
program with the specified work number. Stopped unit is larger than the “tool diameter”
value of the rough-machining tool. Stopped
status status
The “groove width” value of the endmill
I (L) groove unit is smaller than the “tool
diameter” value of the finishing tool. I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure
Review the machining program and
O (S)
designate the correct unit number. O (S)
Display
Display
H (N)
H (N)
623 DESIGNATED SNO. NOT FOUND ( , , )

626 NO TOOL IN MAGAZINE (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)
Cause Type of
Cause Type of
error
error
The tool sequence that has been
B The tool(s) specified in the program is not
designated as the restart position is not B
present in the unit of the specified work registered in the tool data of the drum
Stopped which is to be used.
number; two or more lines of tool status Stopped
sequence data are present in the line- The drum number setting either on the status
machining chamfering unit. COMMAND display or in the drum
I (L) changing unit is not correct. I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure
O (S) Carry out a tool layout operation and
designate the correct tool sequence O (S)
number. register the necessary tool(s) on the
Display TOOL DATA display.
Change the drum number setting on the Display
COMMAND display or in the drum
H (N) changing unit to the correct value. H (N)
624 RESTART IMPOSSIBLE ( , , )
Cause Type of
error
The unit that has been designated as the
restart position is the end unit. B
The designated number of times of
reappearance (L) is too large and the Stopped
corresponding restart position is not status
present.
The restart data is incomplete. I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure
O (S)
Display
H (N)
3 - 89
627 TOOL DATA INPUT PROCESS ERROR 629 TOOL FILE INPUT PROCESS ERROR

error error
The data of the tool length or tool B The tool file lacks of data. B
diameter is not yet input on the TOOL
DATA display. Stopped Stopped
status status
I (L) I (L)

procedure procedure
Review the tool data and input the tool Review the data on the TOOL FILE
O (S) O (S)
length or tool diameter. display and fill in any empty items with
data.
Display Display
H (N) H (N)
628 NO ASSIGNED TOOL IN TOOL FILE 630 Z DEPTH OF CUT TOO LARGE (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)
(WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)
Cause Type of
Cause Type of error
error Of the line- or face-machining tool
B
The tool specified in the program is not B sequence data, the value of the Z depth
registered on the TOOL FILE display. of cut is in excess of its maximum
Stopped
Stopped allowable limit specified on the TOOL
status
status FILE display.
I (L)
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure Review the machining program and
Register the tool data that is to be used in O (S)
O (S) correct the value of the Z depth of cut.
the program into the tool file.
Display
Display
H (N)
H (N)
3 - 90
631 STOCK REMOVAL R TOO LARGE 633 Z DEPTH OF CUT ZERO (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)
(WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)
Cause Type of
Cause Type of error
error
Of line- or face-machining tool sequence B
The value of “(removal allowance R) – data, the Z depth of cut is set to a value
(finish allowance R)” in the line-machining B smaller than zero. Stopped
unit is larger than the value of the tool
Stopped status
diameter of the rough-cutting tool.
The value of removal allowance R in the status
I (L)
line-machining unit is larger than the value
of the tool diameter of the finishing tool. I (L) Clearing
Action
procedure
Action Clearing
procedure Review the machining program and set O (S)
the Z depth of cut to the correct value.
Review the machining program and O (S)
correct the values of removal allowance R Display
and finishing allowance R in the line-
machining unit. Display
H (N)
H (N)
634 FINISH DEPTH OF CUT ZERO (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)
632 RADIAL DEPTH OF CUT ZERO (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.) Cause Type of
error
Cause Type of
error The finish allowance value in the line- or
B
face-machining unit is set to zero in spite
Of line- or face-machining tool sequence B of the fact that a finishing tool is Stopped
data, the radial depth of cut is set to a
registered. status
value smaller than zero. Stopped
status I (L)
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure
Action Clearing
procedure Review the machining program and set
O (S)
data in the finish allowance data item.
Review the machining program and set O (S)
the radial depth of cut to the correct Display
value.
Display
H (N)
H (N)
635 TOOL DIAMETER ZERO (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)
Cause Type of
error
Of tool data, the tool diameter setting is B
zero.
Stopped
status
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure
Review the data on the TOOL DATA
O (S)
display and set data in the tool diameter
item.
Display
H (N)
3 - 91
636 STOCK REMOVAL Z TOO SMALL 638 R DEPTH OF CUT TOO LARGE (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)
(WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)
Cause Type of
Cause Type of error
error
Of the face-machining tool sequence
In the line- or face-machining unit, data, the setting of the radial depth of cut B
B
removal allowance Z is smaller than finish is smaller than the tool diameter setting on
allowance Z. the TOOL DATA display. Stopped
Stopped status
status
I (L) I (L)

procedure procedure
Review the line- or face-machining unit Review the machining program and
O (S) O (S)
and increase removal allowance Z to a increase the radial depth of cut to a value
value greater than that of finish allowance greater than the tool diameter setting in
Z. Display the tool data. Display
H (N) H (N)
637 STOCK REMOVAL R TOO SMALL 639 DESIGNATED PALLET NOT FOUND

error error
In the line- or face-machining unit, The pallet number that has been set in B
removal allowance R is smaller than finish B the pallet changing unit is larger than the
allowance R. maximum allowable number of pallets set Stopped
Stopped in the parameter L46. status
status
I (L)
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure Review the machining program and set an
Review the line- or face-machining unit O (S)
O (S) allowable pallet number.
and increase the value of removal
allowance R to a value greater than that Display
of finish allowance R. Display
H (N)
H (N)
3 - 92
640 ILLEGAL ANGLE OF INDEX ORDERED 642 ILLEGAL NEXT PALLET NO. INPUT

error error
The data set in the angle item of the B A pallet number has been duplicated. B
indexing unit cannot be divided by the
parameter L37 setting (minimum Stopped Stopped
allowable angle of index). status status
I (L) I (L)

procedure procedure
Review the machining program and set Review the machining program for
O (S) O (S)
an allowable angle of index. accurate pallet numbers.
Display Display
H (N) H (N)
641 MISSING INPUT DATA (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.) 643 DATA ERROR IN MAN. PROG. UNIT
(WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)
Cause Type of
error Cause Type of
error
The pallet changing unit or the indexing B
unit lacks unit data. The manual program mode unit contains
B
Initial point Z is not set in the common a sequence that has no data.
Stopped
unit. status Stopped
The drum number is not set in the drum status
changing unit. I (L)
I (L)
Action Clearing
Review the machining program and set all procedure
O (S) Review the machining program, and fill in
necessary values in the unit. O (S)
any incomplete sequence with data or
Display erase such sequences.
Display
H (N)
H (N)
3 - 93
644 NOT FOUND NOMINAL DIA (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.) 647 NOT FOUND END UNIT (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)

error error
The nominal diameter item of the tool B The end unit is not present in the B
sequence data is not complete. The program.
nominal diameter item of the MMS unit or Stopped Stopped
the manual program mode unit (when a status status
tool is set) is not complete.
I (L) I (L)

procedure procedure
Review the machining program, and set O (S) Review the machining program and set O (S)
data in the nominal diameter item of the the end unit at the end of the program.
MMS unit or the manual program mode
unit (when a tool is set) or erase the Display Display
corresponding portion.
H (N) H (N)
645 PRIORITY NO. OVERLAP (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.) 648 OFFSET DATA FOR MULTI TOO MANY
(WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)
Cause Type of
error Cause Type of
error
The same priority number is assigned to
B
different tools. More than 10 sets of offset data have B
been input for multi-piece machining.
Stopped
status Stopped
status
I (L)
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure
The same priority number must not be O (S)
assigned to different tools within one The machining program is in an abnormal
process, state. If the program is already saved O (S)
Change the priority number. Display onto CMT, microdisk or other media,
erase the program and then reload it. If Display
H (N) the program is not saved, make
corrections with the editing function and
fully scan for more data errors. H (N)
646 PRIORITY NO. IS ILLEGAL (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)
Cause Type of
error
The priority numbering order within a unit B
is not correct.
Stopped
status
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure
The machining order within one unit has O (S)
been reversed by the incorrect priority
numbering.
Change the priority numbers. Display
H (N)
3 - 94
649 MMS SEQUENCE INCOMPLETE 651 PARAMETER ERROR (GYN) (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)
(WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)
Cause Type of
Cause Type of error
error
An attempt has been made to execute the B
The MMS sequence data is incomplete. B point-, line- or face- machining
MAZATROL program when the setting of Stopped
Stopped parameter L28 was “5” or more. status
status
I (L)
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure Change the setting of parameter L28 to a
O (S)
Review the machining program, and input value between 0 and 4.
O (S)
data to the MMS sequence to make it
complete. Display
Display
H (N)
H (N)
652 GEAR SHIFT DATA ERROR (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)

650 CHAMFERING IMPOSSIBLE (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)
Cause Type of
Cause Type of error
error
The tool sequence data contains an
B
Cutting is impossible because the unavailable gear-shift M code(s).
chamfering cutter is likely to come into B
Stopped
contact with the wall or bottom of the
Stopped status
workpiece during chamfering.
The data of the specified chamfering status
I (L)
cutter on the TOOL DATA or TOOL
FILE display is not appropriate. I (L) Clearing
Action
procedure
Action Clearing
procedure Change the corresponding code(s) to an
available one(s). O (S)
Review the machining program or the tool
O (S)
file, and correct inappropriate data.
2-gear H : M39
L : M38 H : M39 Display
Display H: M39 4-gear MH : M38
3-gear M : M38 ML : M37
L : M37 L : M36 H (N)
H (N)
3 - 95
653 ILLEGAL TOOL DESIGNATED (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.) 655 PROGRAM DATA IS DESTROYED
(WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)
Cause Type of
error Cause Type of
error
Tools that cannot be used have been B
designated. The program is already destroyed. B
Stopped
status Stopped
status
I (L)
I (L)
Action Clearing
Review the machining program and procedure
O (S)
designate tools that are usable. Erase a part of the program and then re-
O (S)
create the destroyed part; or erase the
Display entire program and then carry out a
loading operation using the CMT I/O or Display
H (N) other functions once again.
H (N)
654 TOOL DATA ERROR (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)

656 NOT FOUND MMS SEQUENCE DATA
Cause Type of (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)
error
Cause Type of
The tool length and tool diameter settings
B error
on the TOOL DATA display are negative.
The MMS units include one that has no
Stopped B
sequence data.
status
Stopped
I (L) status
Action Clearing I (L)

procedure
Action Clearing
Set positive tool length and tool diameter
O (S) procedure
values.
Create one or more lines of sequence
O (S)
Display data in the corresponding MMS unit, or
erase the unit.
Display
H (N)
H (N)
3 - 96
657 ILLEGAL NUMBER INPUT (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.) 659 NO ADMIT. TOOL PATH (I/O BUSY)
(WNO., , )
Cause Type of
error Cause Type of
error
The program contains incorrect data. B
The tool path check cannot be performed A
since I/O operation (loading) is in
Stopped
progress. Stopped
status
status
I (L)
L
Action Clearing
procedure
Review the machining program and make O (S)
data corrections. Make the tool path check after the I/O S
operation has been completed.
Display
Display
H (N)
N
658 INITIAL Z < MATERIAL DEPTH

(WNO.,UNO.,SNO.) 660 NO ADMIT. APPOINT AXIS MOVE ( , , )

error error
The setting of the material height in the 3- B The Y-axis or Z-axis of the index position B
D machining unit is greater than that of has been appointed using the indexing
initial point Z in the common unit. unit when the parameter L41 is set to
Stopped Stopped
status “2”. status
I (L) I (L)

procedure procedure
Change the program to give a material Using the data cancellation key, erase the
O (S) O (S)
height value smaller than the initial point Z Y-axis or Z-axis data of the index position.
value.
Display Display
H (N)
H (N)
3 - 97
661 ILLEGAL M CODE (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.) 664 3-D UNIT NOT FOUND IN THE PRG.
(WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)
Cause Type of
error Cause (M-32A ONLY) Type of
error
M195 (tool breakage detection start
command code) has been set for the M A 3-D machining unit has been set in the B
code unit or for the manual program mode program in spite of the fact that 3-D
Stopped
sequence. machining option is not provided. Stopped
status
status
I (L)
Action Clearing
M195 cannot be executed on procedure
MAZATROL programs. Erase the 3-D machining unit from the
O (S)
Delete that command code from in machining program.
program. Display
Display
Red (Blue)
662 ( , , )
665 ILLEGAL DATA IN 3-D UNIT (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)
Cause Type of
error Cause (M-32A ONLY) Type of
error
The 3-D machining unit lacks of unit data. B
Stopped
status Stopped
status
I (L)

procedure procedure
O (S)
necessary data in the 3-D machining unit.
Display Display
Red (Blue)
663 ( , , )
Cause Type of
error
Stopped
status
Action Clearing
procedure
Display
3 - 98
666 PLN DATA NOT FOUND IN THE PRG. 668 ILLEGAL PLN DATA IN THE PRG.
Cause (M-32A ONLY) Type of Cause (M-32A ONLY) Type of

error error
The 3-D machining unit lacks of plane B The plane definition data in the 3-D B
definition data. machining unit is not complete.
Stopped Stopped
status status
I (L) I (L)

procedure procedure
Review the machining program and set Review the machining program and set
O (S) O (S)
plane definition data in the 3-D machining data in the plane definition data item.
unit.
Display Display
Red (Blue) Red (Blue)
667 NOT FOUND CHECK SURFACE DATA 669 ILLEGAL TOLERANCE DATA INPUT
Cause (M-32A ONLY) Type of Cause (M-32A ONLY) Type of

error error
The 3-D machining unit lacks of check The value of the tolerance parameter that
B B
surface data. has been designated in the tool sequence
is “0”.
Stopped Stopped
status status
I (L) I (L)

procedure procedure
Review the machining program and set Check the parameters E67 through E75,
O (S) O (S)
check surface data in the 3-D machining and set a value other than “0” in the
unit. parameter whose setting is “0”.
Display Display
Red (Blue) Red (Blue)
3 - 99
670 ILLEGAL SEQUENCE DATA IN PRG. 672 ILLEGAL AREA DATA INPUT (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)
(WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)
Cause (M-32A ONLY) Type of
Cause (M-32A ONLY) Type of error
error
In the check surface data of the 3-D B
The tool sequence in the 3-D machining B machining unit, the setting of the
unit lacks of data. maximum value is smaller than that of the Stopped
Stopped minimum value. status
status
I (L)
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure
Review the check surface data, and make O (S)
Review the machining program and input O (S) corrections so that the setting of the
data to the tool sequence. maximum value is equal to or greater than
that of the minimum value for each axis. Display
Display
Red (Blue)
Red (Blue)
673 FL NUMBER OVER (3-D UNIT) (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)

671 ILLEGAL MOVE SURFACE DATA
(WNO.,UNO.,SNO.) Cause (M-32A ONLY) Type of
error
Cause (M-32A ONLY) Type of
In the ruled-surface unit, the number of
error B
FLs is in excess of 20, or in the line- or
The coordinate conversion data in the 3-D B face-machining unit, the number of
machining unit is not complete. Stopped
defined figures is in excess of 2. status
Stopped
status I (L)

procedure
Action Clearing
procedure O (S)
correct the shape data.
Review the machining program and make O (S)
the coordinate conversion data complete. Display
Display
Red (Blue)
Red (Blue)
674 ( , , )
Cause Type of
error
Stopped
status
Action Clearing
procedure
Display
3 - 100
675 ( , , ) 677 ( , , )

error error
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Display Display
676 ( , , ) 678 NO INTERSECTION (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)

error error
In the line- or face-machining unit, the B
coordinates of the intersection point of
Stopped figures cannot be obtained because of Stopped
status shortage of, or contradiction, in the free- status
shape data.
I (L)

procedure procedure
O (S)
Display Display
Red (Blue)
3 - 101
679 SMOOTHING FIGURE IMPOSSIBLE 681 UNDEFINED CORNER AT SPT/FPT

error error
The figures cannot be connected Corner rounding or corner chamfering has
B been set at the starting or ending point of B
smoothly at corner R because of
contradiction in the data of corner R or in a figure when defining figures in the
Stopped central linear machining, right-hand linear Stopped
the data of the figures in front and rear of status
corner R. machining, left-hand linear machining, status
I (L) right-hand chamfering or left-hand
chamfering units. I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure
Review the machining program and check
O (S) Review the machining program and
the value of corner R of the free shapes. O (S)
correct it so that the corner rounding or
Display corner chamfering is not set at the starting
or ending point. Display
H (N)
H (N)
680 HOLE NUMBER OVER (>500) (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)

682 REPEAT FIGURE INAPPROPRIATE
Type of (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)
Cause
error
Cause Type of
B error
The point-machining units include one(s)
that has more than 500 holes defined in it. Contradiction presides in the figure B
Stopped rotation or figure shift data that has been
status set during defining free figures in the line- Stopped
or face-machining unit. status
I (L)
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure
Action Clearing
O (S) procedure
Review the point-machining units, and
make corrections so that the total number Review and correct the corresponding O (S)
of hole settings in one point-machining Display shape data.
unit in not greater than 500. Display
H (N)
H (N)
3 - 102
683 UNDEFINED CORNER (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.) 685 SQUARE CAN NOT BE DEFINED
(WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)
Cause Type of
error Cause Type of
error
The value of designated corner rounding B
or corner chamfering is not appropriate. When the shape pattern is “square”, the B
input data cannot be used to make shape
Stopped
definitions. Stopped
status
status
I (L)
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure
Review the corresponding shape data and O (S)
set the correct corner rounding or corner Review and correct the corresponding O (S)
chamfering value. shape data.
Display
Display
H (N)
H (N)
684 POINT CUTTING PATTERN ERROR

(WNO.,UNO.,SNO.) 686 NO STARTING POINT (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)

error error
The point-machining shape definition data B During input of free-shape data (open- B
is not appropriate. figure data) to the line-machining unit, “?”
has been set as the definition of the
Stopped Stopped
status starting point. status
I (L) I (L)

procedure procedure
Review and correct the corresponding O (S) Review the machining program and set O (S)
shape data. the coordinates of the starting point of the
free shape.
Display Display
H (N) H (N)
687 NO FINAL POINT (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)
Cause Type of
error
During input of free-shape data (open- B
figure data) to the line-machining unit, “?”
has been set as the definition of the Stopped
starting point. status
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure
O (S)
the coordinates of the ending point of the
free shape.
Display
H (N)
3 - 103
688 INSUFFICIENT INPUT DATA (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.) 691 MOUNT (VALLEY) SHAPE ERROR
(WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)
Cause Type of
error Cause Type of
error
The coordinates of the intersection point B
cannot be calculated since the free-shape The second figures (inside figures) are not B
input data in the line- or face-machining yet defined in the endmilling-relief, pocket
Stopped
unit is incomplete. milling-relief or pocket milling-hollow unit. Stopped
status
status
I (L)
I (L)
Action Clearing
Review the corresponding shape data and procedure
O (S)
set data that is wanting. Review the machining program, and
O (S)
define the second shape in the endmilling-
Display mountain, pocket milling-mountain or
pocket milling-valley unit. Display
H (N)
H (N)
689 INPUT DATA EXCEEDED (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)

692 POINT NUMBER EXCEEDED (>200)
error
Cause Type of
The line- or face-machining unit contains
B error
too much free-shape input data, and there
is contradiction between overlapping data. The number of points which are B
Stopped necessary to define the shapes
status designated in the line- or face-machining Stopped
I (L) unit exceeds 200. status
Action Clearing I (L)

procedure
Action Clearing
Review the corresponding shape data and
O (S) procedure
erase either one of the overlapping data
sets. Review the machining program, and
O (S)
Display reduce the number of shapes within one
line- or face-machining unit.
Display
H (N)
H (N)
690 ILLEGAL RADIUS (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)
Cause Type of
error
Contradiction exists in the free-shape data B
that have been set to define arc in the
line- or face-machining units. Stopped
status
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure
Review the corresponding shape data and
O (S)
set correct data.
Display
H (N)
3 - 104
693 NUMBER OF SHAPE TOO MANY 695 POINT INSIDE CIRCLE (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)
(WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)
Cause Type of
Cause Type of error
error
It is not possible to draw a straight line B
Among the line- or face-machining units is B tangential to point P1 since it is inside the
one(s) that contains more shapes than arc. Stopped
allowable within one unit. Stopped status
status
I (L)
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure Review the machining program and
O (S)
Review the corresponding shape data and check the free-shaped data.
O (S)
check the number of shapes.
Display
Display
H (N)
H (N)
696 ILLEGAL (P) (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)

694 FIXED FIGURE DESIGNATED ERROR
(WNO.,UNO.,SNO.) Cause Type of
error
Cause Type of
“Left” or “right” is set in P, though “up”
error B
or “down” should have been set.
Fixed shapes are included in the shape B
data (open figures) of the central linear Stopped
machining, right-hand linear machining, status
Stopped
left-hand linear machining, right-hand status I (L)
chamfering, left-hand chamfering or
endmilling-groove units. I (L) Clearing
Action
procedure
Action Clearing
procedure O (S)
check the value of P.
Change the fixed shapes to free ones.
O (S)
Display
Display
H (N)
H (N)
697 DATUM (P) NECESSARY (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)
Cause Type of
error
P is not yet input in spite of the fact that
B
there are more than one point of
intersection with the arc.
Stopped
status
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure
O (S)
P.
Display
H (N)
3 - 105
698 TWO POINT OVERLAPPED (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)
Cause Type of
error
The coordinate values of the start point B
and end point are the same.
Stopped
status
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure
For the pattern of straight line, the data of O (S)
X/Y are set to exactly the same end point
coordinate values as X/Y present on the
preceding line of the program; delete Display
these data.
H (N)
699 PARALLEL LINES (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)
Cause Type of
error
The two straight lines are parallel to each
B
other, and thus the coordinates of their
intersection point cannot be obtained. Stopped
status
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure
Review the corresponding shape data and O (S)
set correct data.
Display
H (N)
3 - 106
700 ( , , ) 703 PROCESS DEFINITION ERROR
(WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)
Cause Type of
error Cause Type of
error
The machining conditions are incorrect B
(for example, the radial depth of cut is
Stopped
zero). Stopped
status
status
K
Action Clearing
procedure
Change the machining conditions to O
correct ones.
Display
Display
701 DEFINED SHAPE TOO SMALL (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)

704 TOOL TRESPASSING IMPOSSIBLE
error
Cause Type of
The shape compensation clearance with
B error
respect to the shape of the endmilling-top
is too large; or the tool diameter with In area machining, the tool diameter with B
Stopped respect to the figure is too large.
respect to the size of the line-inside
status
machining is too large. Stopped
K status
Action Clearing K
procedure
Action Clearing
Change the shape compensation
O procedure
clearance (parameter E13) to an
approriate value: or use a tool of smaller Replace the tool with one that has a O
diameter. Display smaller diameter; or select the M2 mode
endmilling-mountain machining pattern
with setting bit 7 of parameter E91 if this Display
N
error occurs in the outside machining
endmilling-mountain. N
702 FIGURE DEFINITION ERROR (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)
Cause Type of
error
The radius of the arc does not agree with B
the distance from the center.
Stopped
status
Action Clearing
procedure
Such contradiction usually results from O
arithmetic errors. Change the radial depth
of cut by some micro, or use a tool of
smaller diameter. Display
3 - 107
705 APPROACH POINT ERROR (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.) 707 INTERVENTION CHAMF. CUTTER
(WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)
Cause Type of
error Cause Type of
The approach point cannot be obtained. error
B
The chamfering tool interferes with the
Stopped side wall or bottom. B
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaa
status
aaaa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aaaa
Side wall Stopped
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aaaa
aa
aaaa
a
aa
status
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aaaaaaaaa
K
aa
a
aaaaaa
a
aaaaa
aaa
aaa
aaa
aaa a
aaa
aaa a
aaa
aaa
aaa
aaaa
a
a
a
a
a
a
Chamfering tool
aaa
a
a
a
a
aa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aaaaaa
aaa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
Action Clearing
aaa
aa a
a
a
aaa
aaa
aaaa
K
a
a
a
a
Bottom
a
a
a
procedure
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
Reduce the tool diameter, the approach Action Clearing
O
amount (E1, E2) and/or the overlap procedure
amount (E21). Use a tool which does not interfere with
Display O
the side wall or bottom.
N Display
N
706 ILLEGAL FIGURE DATA (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)
Cause Type of 708 DATA AREA OVER FLOW (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)

error
The shape has been separated into three Cause Type of
B error
segments or more as a result of offsetting.
Stopped In the EIA program, the total number of
B
status characters within one block is in excess of
248. Stopped
K status
Action Clearing L
procedure
Change the machining pattern (from Action Clearing
O procedure
inversed type to fixed type, for example);
or divide the machining shape in advance Divide blocks so that one block contains
so that it will not be separated by Display S
248 characters or less.
offsetting.
N Display
3 - 108
748 ( , , ) 751 CURVED DEFINITION ERROR (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)

error error
A curved surface that cannot be B
machined has been defined.
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
No corrective actions can be taken
O
against this error; define a curved surface
that can be machined.
Display Display
Blue
749 ( , , ) 752 DESIGNATED AREA DATA IMPOSS.

(WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)
Cause Type of
error Cause Type of
error
The check surface values are incorrect.
— For rough-machining 1 or 2: Check **
Stopped
surface Z min. f material height
status Stopped
“ For finishing: Check surface Z min. >
initial Z status
” Check surface X min. > X max., or Y
Clearing min. > Y max., or Z min. > Z max. K
Action
procedure
Action Clearing
procedure
Set the check surface values as follows:
— For rough-machining 1 or 2: Check O
Display
surface Z min. < material height
“ For finishing: Check surface Z min. f
initial Z Display
” Check surface X min. e X max., and
Y min. e Y max., and Z min. e Z
750 CURVED DEFINITION ERROR (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.) max. Blue
Cause Type of
error ** : eia-gen (3D) B
A curved surface that cannot be B
machined has been defined.
Stopped
status
Action Clearing
procedure
No corrective actions can be taken
O
against this error; define a curved surface
that can be machined.
Display
Blue
3 - 109
753 SMALL TOOL (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.) 756 Z DIRECTION PITCH SMALL (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)

error error
In rough-machining 2, the tool diameter is ** In rough-machining 2, the pitch in the Z B
extremely small in comparison with the direction is extremely small in comparison
dimensions of the defined 3-D figure. Stopped with the dimensions of the defined 3-D Stopped
status figure. status
K K

procedure procedure
Use tools whose diameters are no less Set the Z-direction pitch to a value no
O O
than 1/100 of the distance between the less than 1/250 of (material height –
maximum and minimum dimensions of the height of the Z bottom of the 3-D figure).
3-D figure. Display Display
Blue Blue
754 LARGE TOOL (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.) 757 CURVED DEFINITION LARGE (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)

error error
Tool interference has occurred. — For rough-machining 2 with
B
designation of work size, the
Stopped dimensions of the defined figure are B
status larger than those of the workpiece.
“ For rough-machining 2, a material
height smaller than “(height of the Z Stopped
K
bottom of the 3-D figure) + (height of status
Action Clearing a machining area outside the figure)”

procedure [parameters E84, E89] has been set
irrespective of designating the offset K
Note) Currently, this error message does
O amount or the work size.
not actually appear since an
automatic tool-interference Action Clearing
checking function is not provided. Display procedure
Here, this message is covered just
to allow for future possible system — Under YMW specifications, the alarm
expansion. Blue does not occur.
“ Change the E84 and E89 parameter
O
settings so that: for the offset amount
755 R DIRECTION PITCH SMALL (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.) designation, “(height of the bottom of
the 3-D figure) + E84 < material Display
Cause Type of height”, and; for the work size
error designation, “(height of the bottom of
In rough-machining 2, the pitch in the the 3-D figure) + E89 < material Blue
B height”.
radial direction is extremely small in
comparison with the dimensions of the Stopped
defined 3-D figure. status ** : eia-gen (3D) B
Action Clearing
procedure
Set the radial-direction pitch to a value no O
less than 1/200 of the distance between
the maximum and minimum dimensions of
the 3-D figure. Display
Blue
3 - 110
758 INITIAL POINT SET ERROR (WNO.,UNO.,SNO.) 779 ( , , )

error error
In rough-machining 1 or 2, initial Z e B
material height.
Stopped Stopped
status status

procedure procedure
Change settings to give initial Z >
O
material height.
Note) This error does not occur if the
setting check has already been Display Display
made using the Op-gen function.
Blue
759 ( , , ) 780 APPROACH PASS INTERVENTION

(WNO.,UNO.,SNO.)
Cause Type of
error Cause Type of
error
The programmed approach path or B
retraction path interferes with the stock
Stopped
material (programmed shape plus removal
status Stopped
allowance). status
L
Action Clearing
procedure
Reduce the approach amount/overlap
O
amount or use a tool of smaller diameter;
Display or set the approach point in a different
position. Display
Blue
778 ( , , )
Cause Type of
error
.
Stopped
status
Action Clearing
procedure
Display
3 - 111
Notes:
3 - 112
3-7 TOOL PATH MODE PROGRAMMING ERRORS
800 ( , , ) 803 DIMENSION DETECTING ERROR
(WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)
Cause Type of
error Cause Type of
error
A distance of axis movement that cannot B
be divided by the preset command unit
Stopped
has been assigned. Stopped
status
status
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure
Review the program. O (S)
Display
Display
H (N)
801 SIMULTANEOUS AXIS OVER (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)

804 PARITY H ERROR (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)
Cause Type of
error Cause Type of
error
The number of axis addresses which have
B On paper tape, the number of holes per
been assigned in one block is in excess of B
the specifications. character is even for EIA code or odd for
Stopped
ISO code.
status Stopped
status
I (L)
I (L)
Action Clearing
Check the specifications and then divide procedure
O (S)
the block into two parts. Check the paper tape and the tape
O (S)
reader.
Display
Display
H (N)
H (N)
802 ILLEGAL AXIS NAME (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)

805 PARITY V ERROR (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)
Cause Type of
error Cause Type of
error
The axis names assigned in the program
B On paper tape, the number of holes per
are not identified in the system B
parameters. block is odd.
Stopped
status Stopped
status
I (L)
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure
Correct the axis names in the program O (S)
(eg: X, Y, Z etc.). Make even the hole quantity per block on
O (S)
the paper tape; or turn off the user
Display parameter G23 used for parity-V
selection. Display
H (N)
H (N)
3 - 113
806 ILLEGAL ADDRESS (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.) 809 ILLEGAL NUMBER INPUT (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)

error error
An address that is not covered in the B The assigned data for the address is out B
specifications has been used. of the allowable setting range.
Stopped Stopped
status status
I (L) I (L)

procedure procedure
Check and correct the corresponding O (S) Review the program. O (S)
address in the program, and also check
the specifications.
Display Display
H (N) H (N)
807 ILLEGAL FORMAT (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.) 810 PROGRAM END NOT FOUND (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)

error error
The format in which the data has been B “EOR” has been detected during tape or B
designated in the program is incorrect. memory operation.
Stopped Stopped
status status
I (L) I (L)

procedure procedure
Review the program. O (S) For the main program, set M02 or M30 at O (S)
the end of he program. For subprograms,
set M99 at the end of the program.
Display Display
H (N) H (N)
808 MIS-SET G CODE (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.) 811 ILLEGAL O, N NUMBER (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)

error error
A G code that is not covered in the B Zeroes have been designated as program B
specifications has been designated. or sequence numbers.
Stopped Stopped
status status
I (L) I (L)

procedure procedure
Check and correct the corresponding G O (S) Delete zero from N (sequence) or O O (S)
code address in the program. (program) numbers of the program; or
change O-No. (program numbers) to
Display between 1 and 99999999, N-No. Display
(sequence numbers) to 1 99999.
H (N) H (N)
3 - 114
812 ERROR IN THE BUFFER BLOCK 814 INTERPOLATION IS OVERFLOW
(WNO.,NNO.,BNO.) (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)

error error
An error has been found to exist in the The designated distance of movement is
B B
pre-read block during execution of tool- too large (in excess of 231).
diameter compensation. Stopped Stopped
status status
I (L) I (L)

procedure procedure
Review the program. Reduce the axis-address setting range.
O (S) O (S)
Display Display
H (N) H (N)
813 NOT FOUND INCH/METRIC OPTION 815 NOT FOUND G60 OPTION (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)
(WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)
Cause Type of
Cause Type of error
error Program command G60 has been
The inch/metric selection command has B
B designated although a uni-directional
been issued using the G code although a positioning function is not provided.
G-code inch/metric selection function is Stopped
Stopped status
not provided.
status
I (L)
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure Check the software specifications and
Check the specifications. O (S)
O (S) change the program command G60 to
G00.
Display
Display
H (N)
H (N)
816 FEEDRATE ZERO (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)
Cause Type of
error
The feedrate command has not been
B
input.
Stopped
status
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure
Specify feedrate F for the movement
O (S)
command. (Since modal move command
G01 is automatically set at power-on, axis
movement in the modal mode is started Display
by input of a move command, even if
G01 is not designated in the program). H (N)
3 - 115
817 DIFFERENT CENTER TOO LARGE 820 NOT FOUND G02.1, G03.1 OPTION

error error
The relationship between the starting and B The spiral interpolation command (G02.1 B
ending points of the arc and the center of or G03.1) has been issued although such
the arc is not appropriate. Stopped an interpolation function is not provided. Stopped
status status
I (L) I (L)

procedure procedure
Check the values of the starting/ending Delete the G02.1 or G03.1 command.
O (S) O (S)
points and the address values of center of
the arc in the program, and check the
address values for the correct direction Display Display
(minus or plus).
H (N) H (N)
818 MISSING CENTER (NO DATA) (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.) 821 NOT FOUND G60 OPTION (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)

error error
For arc interpolation by R designation, the The virtual-axis command (G07) has been
B B
coordinates of the center of the arc issued although there are not virtual-axis
cannot be calculated. specifications.
Stopped Stopped
status status
I (L) I (L)

procedure procedure
Correct the value of each address in the Check the specifications, and then
O (S) O (S)
program. change the G07 command.
Display Display
H (N) H (N)
819 NOT FOUND HERICAL OPTION (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.) 822 ( , , )

error error
The helical interpolation command has B
been issued although such an
interpolation function is not provided. Stopped Stopped
status status
I (L)

procedure procedure
Correct the specifications, and if such an O (S)
interpolation function is not available,
correct the data of the block in which the
arc interpolation command has been Display Display
issued with designation of three axes.
H (N)
3 - 116
823 G17 G19 COMMAND IN M98 825 G17 G19 COMMAND IN G38 G42

error error
A plane selection command (G17, G18 or A plane selection command (G17, G18 or
B B
G19) has been issued during figure G19) has been specified during tool
rotation. diameter compensation (G41 or G42)
Stopped Stopped
status status
I (L) I (L)

procedure procedure
Delete the plane selection command Specify the plane selection command
O (S) O (S)
(G17, G18 or G19) from the figure after the tool diameter compensation
rotation subprogram. command has been canceled by G40.
Display Display
H (N) H (N)
824 G17 G19 COMMAND IN G68 826 NOT FOUND G95 OPTION (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)
(WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)
Cause Type of
Cause Type of error
error The synchronous feed command (G95)
B
A plane selection command (G17, G18 or B has been specified although such feed
G19) has been specified in the specifications are not provided.
Stopped
coordinates rotation command (G68). Stopped status
status
I (L)
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure After checking the specifications, change
IF G68 has been issued, execute the O (S)
O (S) the synchronous feed command (G95) to
coordinates rotation cancel command the feed-in-minutes command (G94).
(G69) before specifying the plane Also change the F command value. Display
selection command (G17, G18 or G19). Display
H (N)
H (N)
827 F0 COMMAND IN G02, G03 (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)
Cause Type of
error
The F 1-digit rapid-feed command (F0)
B
has been specified during arc interpolation
(G02 or G03).
Stopped
status
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure
Since rapid feed cannot be ordered for
O (S)
arc interpolation, specify an F 1-digit
command other than F0. Specify G0 or
G1 if the type of interpolation is not arc Display
interpolation.
H (N)
3 - 117
828 NOT FOUND AUTO CORNEROVERRIDE 830 NOT FOUND G96 OPTION (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)
(WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)
Cause Type of
Cause Type of error
error The constant circumferential speed
B
The automatic corner override command B command (G96) has been specified
(G62) has been specified although such although such specifications are not
Stopped
an override function is not available. Stopped provided.
status
status
I (L)
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure Check the specifications and change the
O (S)
Check the specifications, and delete the constant circumferential speed command
O (S)
G62 command from the program. (G96) to the speed command (rpm).
Display
Display
H (N)
H (N)
831 NOT FOUND G45, 46,47,48 OPTION

829 ILLEGAL 2-ND MISCELLAN, CODE (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)
(WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)
Cause Type of
Cause Type of error
error A tool-position compensation command
The secondary auxiliary function address B
B (G45 to G48) has been specified although
that has been specified in the program is such specifications are not provided.
different from the corresponding address Stopped
Stopped status
that has been parametrized.
status
I (L)
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure Check the specifications.
Check and the correct secondary auxiliary O (S)
O (S)
function address that has been specified
in the program. Display
Display
H (N)
H (N)
3 - 118
832 G45 G49 COMMAND IN M98 834 NOT FOUND G40, G41, G42 OPTION

error error
Tool-position compensation has been B A tool-diameter compensation command B
specified during figure rotation or (G41 or G42) has been specified although
coordinates rotation. Stopped such specifications are not provided. Stopped
status status
I (L) I (L)

procedure procedure
Review the program. O (S) Check the specifications. O (S)
Display Display
H (N) H (N)
833 1/4, 3/4 CIRCLES IN G45 G48 835 G41, G42, FORMAT ERROR (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)
(WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)
Cause Type of
Cause Type of error
error
A compensation command (G40, G41, B
An arc command that is not available for B G42) has been specified during the arc
tool-position compensation has been mode (G02 or G03 command). Stopped
specified. Stopped status
status
I (L)
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure
Set either the linear command (G01) or O (S)
Review the program. O (S) the rapid-feed command (G00) into the
compensation command block or the
cancellation block. (That is, set the modal Display
Display status to linear interpolation).
H (N)
H (N)
836 NO INTERSECTION (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)
Cause Type of
error
In tool-diameter compensation (G41 or B
G42), the coordinates of the intersection
point existing when a block was skipped in Stopped
processing of interference blocks cannot status
be calculated.
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure
Display
H (N)
3 - 119
837 TOOL OFFSET INTERFERENCE ERROR 839 ILLEGAL OFFSET NO. (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)
(WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)
Cause Type of
Cause Type of error
error A compensation command (G41, G42 or
B
An interference error has occurred during B G43) has been designated without a
execution of tool-diameter compensation compensation number (D{{); or the
Stopped
(G41 or G42). Stopped compensation number is larger than the
status
status maximum number of sets of compensation
numbers available in the specifications. I (L)
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure
Check the maximum available number of O (S)
Review the program. O (S) sets of compensation numbers, and
designate a compensation number smaller
than that. Display
Display
H (N)
H (N)
840 NOT FOUND CANNED CYCLE OPTION

838 NOT FOUND 3-D OFFSET OPTION (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)
(WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)
Cause Type of
Cause Type of error
error
A fixed-cycle G code has been B
The three-dimensional compensation B designated although fixed-cycle
command has been designated although specifications are not provided. Stopped
such compensation specifications are not Stopped status
provided. status
I (L)
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure
Check the specifications and correct the O (S)
Check the specifications. O (S) program.
Display
Display
H (N)
H (N)
841 ( , , )
Cause Type of
error
Stopped
status
Action Clearing
procedure
Display
3 - 120
842 SUB PROGRAM NESTING OVER 844 NOT FOUND PROGRAM NUMBER

error error
The total number of sequential calls of B An attempt was made to call a B
subprogram has exceeded eight. subprogram which was not yet registered.
Stopped Stopped
status status
I (L) I (L)

procedure procedure
Check the number of subprogram calls, O (S) Register the subprogram. O (S)
and correct the program so that the
number of calls does not exceed eight.
Display Display
H (N) H (N)
843 DESIGNATED SNO. NOT FOUND 845 ILLEGAL VARIABLE COMMAND


error error
The sequence number for subprogram B A variables number has been designated B
call, for return from a subprogram or for although variables number (#{{)
the GOTO designation is not yet set. Stopped specifications are not provided. Stopped
status status
I (L) I (L)

procedure procedure
Set the sequence number in the O (S) Check the specifications. O (S)
appropriate block.
Display Display
H (N) H (N)
3 - 121
846 DESIGNATED NUMBER NOT FOUND 849 FIGURE ROTATE NESTING OVER

error error
The designated variables number is larger B One figure rotation command has been B
than the maximum variables number designated during execution of another
permitted by the specifications. Stopped such command. Stopped
status status
I (L) I (L)

procedure procedure
Check the specifications and the variables Check the program.
O (S) O (S)
numbers in the program.
Display Display
H (N) H (N)
847 NO “=” CODE IN PROGRAM (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.) 850 G68 AND M98 COMMANDS (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)

error error
“=” was not designated in the definition B A figure rotation command and a B
of a variable. coordinates rotation command are
designated at the same time.
Stopped Stopped
status status
I (L) I (L)

procedure procedure
Set “=” in the variables definition. O (S) Check the program. O (S)
Display Display
H (N) H (N)
848 NOT FOUND G98 OPTION (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.) 851 NOT FOUND G68 OPTION (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)

error error
A figure rotation command has been B The coordinates rotation command (G68) B
designated although figure rotation has been designated although coordinates
specifications are not provided. Stopped rotation specifications are not provided. Stopped
status status
I (L) I (L)

procedure procedure
Check the specifications. O (S) Check the specifications. O (S)
Display Display
H (N) H (N)
3 - 122
852 NOT FOUND USERMACRO OPTION 854 USERMACRO MIS-OPERATION (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)
(WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)
Cause Type of
Cause Type of error
error
An NC statement and a macro statement B
Macro specifications have been B are present in one block.
designated although such specifications Stopped
are not provided. Stopped status
status
I (L)
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure
Review the program and give the NC O (S)
Check the specifications. O (S) statement and the macro statement in
separate blocks.
Display
Display
H (N)
H (N)
855 USERMACRO NESTING OVER (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)

853 NOT FOUND EXTERNAL MACRO OPT.
(WNO.,NNO.,BNO.) Cause Type of
error
Cause Type of
error The maximum permissible degree of B
multiplicity of user macro calls has been
A user macro interruption command has B exceeded.
been designated although such Stopped
interruption specifications are not status
Stopped
provided. status I (L)

procedure
Action Clearing
procedure Review the program and correct it so that O (S)
the number of user macro calls does not
Check the specifications. O (S) exceed the maximum number of calls
permitted by the specifications. Display
Display
H (N)
H (N)
856 USERMACRO ARGUMENT OVER
(WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)
Cause Type of
error
The number of sets of user macro call B
arguments of type ¬ is too large.
Stopped
status
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure
Display
H (N)
3 - 123
857 USERMACRO G67 MIS-OPERATION 859 NUMBER OF PARENTHESIS MISMATCH

error error
Command G67 has been designated The total number of “[” and “]” within
B B
when G66 command modal state was not one block differ.
yet set. Stopped Stopped
status status
I (L) I (L)

procedure procedure
The G67 command is the call cancellation Review the program, and correct it so that
O (S) O (S)
command; after reviewing the program, the total number of “[” and of “]” become
designate firstly the G66 command and the same.
then the G67 command. Display Display
H (N) H (N)
858 USERMACRO “[” NESTING OVER 860 CALCULATE IMPOSSIBLE (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)

(WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)
Cause Type of
Cause Type of error
error The operation expression is not correct.
The total number of “[” and “]” within B
B
one block has become more than five.
Stopped
Stopped status
status
I (L)
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure Review the program and correct the
Review the program, and correct it so that O (S)
O (S) operation expression.
the total number of “[” and “]” within one
block does not exceed five. Display
Display
H (N)
H (N)
861 DIVISION ZERO ERROR (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)
Cause Type of
error
The denominator in the division
B
expression is zero.
Stopped
status
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure
Review the program and correct it so that
O (S)
the denominator in the division expression
does not become zero.
Display
H (N)
3 - 124
879 NOT FOUND G10 OPTION (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.) 882 ( , , )

error error
Program data input has been designated B
although such input specifications are not
provided. Stopped Stopped
status status
I (L)

procedure procedure
Check the specifications.
O (S)
Display Display
H (N)
880 NOT ZERO RETURNED AXIS EXIST 883 ( , , )

(WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)
Cause Type of
Cause Type of error
error
A move command other than that for B
reference-point return has been
Stopped
designated for the axis that was not
Stopped status
returned to its reference point. status
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure
Manually return the axis to its reference
O (S)
point.
Display
Display
H (N)
884 REFERENCE POINT RETURN CHECK

881 NOT FOUND G30 OPTION (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.) (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)

error error
Second, third or fourth reference-point An axis had not returned to the zero-point
B B
return has been designated although such when the zero-point check command
reference-point returning specifications (G27) was executed.
Stopped Stopped
are not provided. status status
I (L) I (L)

procedure procedure
Check the specifications. Review the program.
O (S) O (S)
Display Display
H (N) H (N)
3 - 128
885 NOT FOUND G22 OPTION (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.) 888 FILE I/O ERROR (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)

error error
The before-movement stroke check The machining program file cannot be
B E
function (G22) has been designated read.
although such function specifications are Stopped Stopped
not provided. status status
I (L) I

procedure procedure
Check the specifications. Please contact the nearest MAZAK
O (S) O
service center.
Display Display
H (N) H (N)
886 BEYOND THE AREA OF G22 (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.) 889 NOT FOUND G37 OPTION (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)

error error
This alarm message is displayed before The automatic tool-length measurement
B
execution of a movement block to indicate B command (G37) has been designated
that the ending point of the axis although such measurement specifications Stopped
movement designated in the block is likely Stopped are not provided. status
to enter the forbidden area which has status
been designated using the before- I (L)
movement stroke check function (G22). I (L)
Action Clearing
O (S)
Review the axis-address coordinate
O (S)
values in the program.
Display
Display
H (N)
H (N)
890 NOT FOUND G31 OPTION (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)

887 TAKE I/O ERROR (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)
Cause Type of
Cause Type of error
error The skip command (G31) has been
B
An error has occurred in the tape reader; designated although skip specifications
B are not provided.
or a macro printing error has occurred in Stopped
the printer. Stopped status
status
I (L)
I
Action Clearing
O (S)
Check the parameters for incorrect
O
settings.
Display
Display
H (N)
H (N)
3 - 129
891 NOT FOUND G31.1 G31.3 OPTION 894 ( , , )
(WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)
Cause Type of
Cause Type of error
error
A multi-step skip command (G31.1, B
G31.2 or G31.3) has been designated
Stopped
although such skip specifications are not Stopped status
provided. status
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure
O (S)
Display
Display
H (N)
895 ( , , )
892 AUTO PROGRAMING FAIL (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)
Cause Type of
Cause Type of error
error
An error occurred with the auto program
E
softwear during operation.
Stopped
Stopped status
status
I
Action Clearing
procedure
O
service center.
Display
Display
H (N)
896 ( , , )
893 ( , , )
Cause Type of
Cause Type of error
error
Stopped
Stopped status
status
Action Clearing
procedure
Display
Display
3 - 130
897 ( , , )
Cause Type of
error
Stopped
status
Action Clearing
procedure
Display
898 ( , , )
Cause Type of
error
Stopped
status
Action Clearing
procedure
Display
899 ( , , )
Cause Type of
error
Stopped
status
Action Clearing
procedure
Display
3 - 131
879 NOT FOUND G10 OPTION (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.) 882 ( , , )

error error
Program data input has been designated B
although such input specifications are not
provided. Stopped Stopped
status status
I (L)

procedure procedure
O (S)
Display Display
H (N)
880 NOT ZERO RETURNED AXIS EXIST 883 ( , , )

(WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)
Cause Type of
Cause Type of error
error
A move command other than that for B
reference-point return has been
Stopped
designated for the axis that was not
Stopped status
returned to its reference point. status
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure
Manually return the axis to its reference
O (S)
point.
Display
Display
H (N)
884 REFERENCE POINT RETURN CHECK

881 NOT FOUND G30 OPTION (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.) (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)

error error
Second, third or fourth reference-point An axis had not returned to the zero-point
B B
return has been designated although such when the zero-point check command
reference-point returning specifications (G27) was executed.
Stopped Stopped
are not provided. status status
I (L) I (L)

procedure procedure
Check the specifications. Review the program.
O (S) O (S)
Display Display
H (N) H (N)
3 - 128
885 NOT FOUND G22 OPTION (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.) 888 FILE I/O ERROR (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)

error error
The before-movement stroke check The machining program file cannot be
B E
function (G22) has been designated read.
although such function specifications are Stopped Stopped
not provided. status status
I (L) I

procedure procedure
Check the specifications. Please contact the nearest MAZAK
O (S) O
service center.
Display Display
H (N) H (N)
886 BEYOND THE AREA OF G22 (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.) 889 NOT FOUND G37 OPTION (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)

error error
This alarm message is displayed before The automatic tool-length measurement
B
execution of a movement block to indicate B command (G37) has been designated
that the ending point of the axis although such measurement specifications Stopped
movement designated in the block is likely Stopped are not provided. status
to enter the forbidden area which has status
been designated using the before- I (L)
movement stroke check function (G22). I (L)
Action Clearing
O (S)
Review the axis-address coordinate
O (S)
values in the program.
Display
Display
H (N)
H (N)
890 NOT FOUND G31 OPTION (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)

887 TAKE I/O ERROR (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)
Cause Type of
Cause Type of error
error The skip command (G31) has been
B
An error has occurred in the tape reader; designated although skip specifications
B are not provided.
or a macro printing error has occurred in Stopped
the printer. Stopped status
status
I (L)
I
Action Clearing
O (S)
Check the parameters for incorrect
O
settings.
Display
Display
H (N)
H (N)
3 - 129
891 NOT FOUND G31.1 G31.3 OPTION 894 ( , , )
(WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)
Cause Type of
Cause Type of error
error
A multi-step skip command (G31.1, B
G31.2 or G31.3) has been designated
Stopped
although such skip specifications are not Stopped status
provided. status
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure
O (S)
Display
Display
H (N)
895 ( , , )
892 AUTO PROGRAMING FAIL (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)
Cause Type of
Cause Type of error
error
An error occurred with the auto program
E
softwear during operation.
Stopped
Stopped status
status
I
Action Clearing
procedure
O
service center.
Display
Display
H (N)
896 ( , , )
893 ( , , )
Cause Type of
Cause Type of error
error
Stopped
Stopped status
status
Action Clearing
procedure
Display
Display
3 - 130
897 ( , , )
Cause Type of
error
Stopped
status
Action Clearing
procedure
Display
898 ( , , )
Cause Type of
error
Stopped
status
Action Clearing
procedure
Display
899 ( , , )
Cause Type of
error
Stopped
status
Action Clearing
procedure
Display
3 - 131
900 ( , , ) 903 ILLEGAL G10 L NUMBER (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)

error error
An unallowable L number has been B
designated during input of G10 program
Stopped command. Stopped
status status
I (L)

procedure procedure
Correct the L number in the program. O (S)
Display Display
H (N)
901 DIRECTIVE FIXED CYCLE IN CORR. 904 ILLEGAL G10 CORRECTION NO.

error error
The fixed-cycle command has been set in Compensation numbers other than the
B B
the program during the tool-diameter number of sets permitted by the
compensation (G40 or G42) modal status. specifications have been designated
Stopped Stopped
during input of G10.
status status
I (L) I (L)

procedure procedure
Set the tool-diameter compensation After checking the number of
O (S) O (S)
cancellation command (G40) before the compensation sets permitted by the
fixed-cycle command. specifications, change the setting of
Display address P to a value smaller than the Display
permissible number of sets.
H (N) H (N)
902 NOT FOUND G10 OPTION (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.) 905 NOT FOUND G11 OPTION (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)

error error
The G10 command has been designated B The G11 command has been designated B
although this command is not available although this command is not available
with the system. Stopped with the system. Stopped
status status
I (L) I (L)

procedure procedure
Check the specifications. Check the specifications.
O (S) O (S)
Display Display
H (N) H (N)
3 - 132
906 NO S DIRECTIVE IN FIXED CYCLE 909 ILLEGAL PITCH FIXED CYCLE (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)
(WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)
Cause Type of
Cause Type of error
error The pitch or the number of threads
B
The spindle speed for the fixed cycle has B designated for the tapping cycle (G74 or
not yet been set in the program. G84) of the drilling fixed cycles is wrong.
Stopped
Stopped status
status
K
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure Check and correct the pitch or the
S
Program the spindle speed command in number of threads.
O (S)
the block which precedes the block with
the fixed cycle command. Display
Display
N
H (N)
910
907 DIFFERENT SPINDLE TYPE (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)
Cause Type of
Cause Type of error
error
An attempt has been made to machine
B
the workpiece using the synchronous
tapping method in spite of the spindle Stopped
Stopped status
controller being an SE type.
status
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure
Use the appropriate tapping method for
O (S)
the particular type of the spindle
controller. Display
Display
H (N)
911 NOT FOUND CORNER R/C OPTION

908 NOT PITCH FIXED CYCLE (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.) (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)

error error
The pitch or the number of threads has B Corner chamfering/corner rounding has B
not been designated for the tapping cycle been designated although such
(G74 or G84) of the drilling fixed cycles. Stopped specifications are not provided. Stopped
status status
I (L) K

procedure procedure
Designate the pitch using address F or E. Check the specifications and delete
O (S) S
corner R or corner C from the program.
Display Display
H (N) N
3 - 133
912 NO DIRECTIVE FOR NEXT MOVE R/C 914 INSUFF. NEXT MOVE DISTANCE R/C

error error
The block after the corner rounding or The movement distance designated in the
B B
corner chamfering command does not next block is shorter than the length of the
include a move command. corner rounding or corner chamfering.
Stopped Stopped
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Place a G01 command in the Reduce the length of the corner R/C to a
S S
corresponding block. value smaller than the moving distance of
the next block.
Display Display
N N
913 INSUFFICIENT MOVE DISTANCE R/C 915 NO STRAIGHT ANGLE GEOMETRIC


error error
The length of the corner rounding or In the geometrics command, the
B B
corner chamfering that has been difference in angle between the two
designated in the corner R/C command is straight lines which intersect with each
Stopped Stopped
larger than the distance of movement. other is less than 1 degree.
status status
K K

procedure procedure
Reduce the length of the corner R/C to a Increase the angle difference in the
S O
value smaller than the distance of geometrics command.
movement.
Display Display
N N
3 - 134
916 NEXT INCREASE DIREC. GEOMETRIC 918 INSUFFICIENT ADDRESS GEOMETRIC

error error
The second block of the geometrics In address designation of the geometrics
B B
command is an incremental command command, the angle in the first block,
and must always consists of absolute ending point coordinates and angle in the
Stopped Stopped
data. second block are incorrectly given.
status status
K I (L)

procedure procedure
Program the second block in units of Check and reprogram the corresponding
O O (S)
absolute coordinates. data.
Display Display
N H (N)
917 NO NEXT STRAIGHT LINE GEOMETRIC 919 G17 G19 IN GEOMETRIC


error error
The second block of the geometrics A plane selection command (G17, G18 or
B B
command is not given the linear G19) was given in the geometrics
command (G1). command block.
Stopped Stopped
status status
K I (L)

procedure procedure
Correct the program so that the linear Program the plane selection command
O O (S)
command (G1) and the feedrate (G17, G18 or G19) in the block that
command (F) are given to the second precedes the geometrics command block.
block. Display Display
N H (N)
3 - 135
920 G27, M COMMANDS SAME BLOCK 922 SKIP SPEED ZERO (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)
(WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)
Cause Type of
Cause Type of error
error The feedrate F has been programmed in
B
An M independent command (M0, M1, B the G31 (skip) command block.
M2 or M30) has been programmed in the
Stopped
same block as the G27 command. Stopped status
status
I (L)
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure Program the skip feedrate F into the G31
O (S)
Correct the program so that the G27 program block.
O (S)
command and the M independent
command are contained in separate Display
blocks. Display
H (N)
H (N)
923 MISS DIRECTIVE G37 AXIS (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)

921 G29, M COMMANDS SAME BLOCK
(WNO.,NNO.,BNO.) Cause Type of
error
Cause Type of
No axis settings are included in the
error B
automatic tool-length measurement block;
An M independent command (M0, M1, or more than one axis setting have been
B Stopped
M2 or M30) and the G29 command made.
(start-position return) have been status
Stopped
programmed in the same block.
status I (L)

procedure
Action Clearing
Designate only one axis.
procedure O (S)
Correct the program so that the G29
O (S)
command and the M independent Display
command are contained in separate
blocks. Display
H (N)
H (N)
924 G37, M COMMANDS SAME BLOCK
(WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)
Cause Type of
error
The H code is in the same block as the B
automatic tool-length measurement
command. Stopped
status
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure
Set the H code into a block preceeding
O (S)
the automatic tool-length measurement
block.
Display
H (N)
3 - 136
925 NO DIRECTIVE H BEFORE G37 (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.) 940 NO INVERSE TIME OPTION (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)

error error
The H code is not yet set for automatic Inverse time feed program was attempted
B B
tool-length measurement. although inverse time feed option is not
provided.
Stopped Stopped
status status
I (L) I (L)

procedure procedure
Set an H code into a block preceeding the Inverse time feed program cannot be
O (S) O (S)
automatic tool-length measurement block. executed because inverse time feed
option is not provided.
Display Display
H (N) H (N)
926 G37 ILLEGAL SIGNAL (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.) 941 G93 MODE (WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)

error error
The signal of measuring-position arrival G code of inhibition during G93 mode has
B B
has been turned on before the tool been designated.
reaches the area designated through Stopped Stopped
either a D code or the parameter for status status
deceleration area “d”; or the signal has
not been turned on at all. I I (L)

procedure procedure
Check the program and parameters. Review the program and delete G code of
O O (S)
inhibition.
Display Display
H H (N)
927 SKIP COMMAND IN CORRECTING DIA 979 MACRO USER ALARM ( , , )

(WNO.,NNO.,BNO.)
Cause Type of
Cause Type of error
error
#3000=n (alarm message) in the user B
The skip command (G31) was given B macroprogram was executed. (nf21)
during cutter-diameter compensation (G41
Stopped
or G42). Stopped status
status
I (L)
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure Refer to the relevant user macroprogram
Correct the program so that the skip O (S)
O (S) instruction manual to check the alarm.
command is executed only after the
cutter-diameter compensation cancellation Display
command (G40) has been executed. Display
H (N)
H (N)
3 - 137
980 MACRO USER ALARM 1 ( , , ) 983 MACRO USER ALARM 4 ( , , )

error error
#3000=1 (alarm message) in the user #3000=4 (alarm message) in the user
B B
macroprogram was executed. macroprogram was executed.
Stopped Stopped
status status
I (L) I (L)

procedure procedure
Refer to the relevant user macroprogram Refer to the relevant user macroprogram
O (S) O (S)
instruction manual to check the alarm. instruction manual to check the alarm.
Display Display
H (N) H (N)

error error
B B
Stopped Stopped
status status
I (L) I (L)

procedure procedure
O (S) O (S)
Display Display
H (N) H (N)

error error
#3000=3 (alarm message) in the user B #3000=6 (alarm message) in the user B
Stopped Stopped
status status
I (L) I (L)

procedure procedure
O (S) O (S)
Display Display
H (N) H (N)
3 - 138

error error
B B
Stopped Stopped
status status
I (L) I (L)

procedure procedure
O (S) O (S)
Display Display
H (N) H (N)
987 MACRO USER ALARM 8 ( , , ) 990 MACRO MEASUREMENT ALARM 1 ( , , )

error error
#3000=8 (alarm message) in the user — During execution of the MMS unit, the
B
macroprogram was executed. touch sensor has not come into B
contact with the workpiece (the skip
Stopped
signal has not turned on) when the Stopped
status
maximum feed distance available at status
I (L) the skipping speed is exceeded.
“ #3000=11 (alarm message) in the
user macroprogram was executed. I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure
Action Clearing
Refer to the relevant user macroprogram procedure
O (S)
instruction manual to check the alarm.
— Check the workpiece and the
O (S)
Display machining program.
“ Refer to the relevant user
macroprogram instruction manual to Display
H (N) check the alarm.
H (N)
988 MACRO USER ALARM 9 ( , , )
Cause Type of
error
#3000=9 (alarm message) in the user B
macroprogram was executed.
Stopped
status
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure
Refer to the relevant user macroprogram
O (S)
Display
H (N)
3 - 139
991 MACRO MEASUREMENT ALARM 2 ( , , ) 993 MACRO MEASUREMENT ALARM 4 ( , , )

error error
— During execution of the MMS unit, the #3000=14 (alarm message) in the user
B
touch sensor came into contact with B macroprogram was executed.
the workpiece (the skip signal turned
Stopped
on) when another feeding than that at Stopped status
the skipping speed was taking place. status
“ #3000=12 (alarm message) in the I (L)
user macroprogram was executed.
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure Refer to the relevant user macroprogram
O (S)
— Check the workpiece and the instruction manual to check the alarm.
machining program. Also check the O (S)
touch sensor for proper mounting on Display
the spindle.
Display
H (N)
macroprogram instruction manual to
check the alarm.
H (N)
994 MACRO MEASUREMENT ALARM 5 ( , , )
Cause Type of
error
Cause Type of #3000=15 (alarm message) in the user
B
error macroprogram was executed.
— Correct signals were not output Stopped
B
because of trouble with the touch status
sensors, receivers or other such MMS
Stopped I (L)
unit components.
status
“ #3000=13 (alarm message) in the
user macroprogram was executed. I (L) Action Clearing
procedure
Action Clearing Refer to the relevant user macroprogram
O (S)
procedure instruction manual to check the alarm.
— Contact a service station.
O (S) Display
macroprogram instruction manual to
check the alarm. Display H (N)
H (N)
Cause Type of
error
Stopped
status
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure
O (S)
Display
H (N)
3 - 140
996 MACRO MEASUREMENT ALARM 7 ( , , ) 999 MACRO MEASUREMENT ALARM 10 ( , , )

error error
B B
Stopped Stopped
status status
I (L) I (L)

procedure procedure
O (S) O (S)
Display Display
H (N) H (N)
Cause Type of
error
#3000=18 (alarm message) in the user
B
Stopped
status
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure
O (S)
Display
H (N)
Cause Type of
error
Stopped
status
I (L)
Action Clearing
procedure
O (S)
Display
H (N)
3 - 141
Notes:
3 - 142
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa aa aa aa aa aaaa
aa aa a a a a a a aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa a aa aa a aa a a a a aa aa aa aa aa aaaa
aa a aa
a aaaa aaaa
a a aa aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaa a a aa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa a aa aa
a aaa aaaa aa aa aa aa aa aaaa
a aaaaaa
aaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaa
aaa aa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa
aa a aaaaaa aaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa a aaaa
a a aa a a aa aa aa aa aa aa aaaa
a
aa
a a aa a a aa a a aa a
aa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a a
aa a a aaaaaaa aaa a
aaa aa aa a a a aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa a aa aa
a aa a aaa aa a a a aa a
aaa
a
aaa aa aa a aa
a a aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa a aa
aaaaaaaaaaaa aa
aaaaaa
a aa a aa a a aa a a aa a
aaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a
aaa aa aa a aa a aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a a aaaaaaaaaaaa
a
aaa aa aa a aa a aa a aaa
aa
aaaaaaaaaaaa a
a
aaa aa aa a aa a aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa a aa aa aa aa a a aaaa
a
aaa aa aa a aa a aa
a
aaa aa aa a aa a aa
a
aaa aa aa a aa a aa
a
aaa aa aa a aa a aa
a
aaa aa aa a aa a aa
a
aaa aa aa a aa a aa
a
aaa aa aa a aa a aa
a
aaa aa aa a aa a aa
a
aaa aa aa a aa a aa
a
aaa aa aa a aa a aa
a
aaa aa aa a aa a aa
a
aaa aa aa a aa a aa
a
aaa aa aa a aa a aa
a
aaa aa aa a aa a aa
a
aaa aa aa a aa a aa
a
aaa aa aa a aa a aa
a
aaa aa aa a aa a aa
aaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaa a aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a
aaa aa aa a aa a aa a a a aaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa a aa aa aa aa a a aaa a
aa a a a aa a a a aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaa a a aa aa a a a a a a
aaa aaa aaaaaaaa aaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaa
aaa aaaaaaa aa
a aa aa aa aa a aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a aa a aa
a aa
aaaa
a a a aa a a aa
a aaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaa
aa
aa aa a a aa
a aa aa aaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaa
aaaaa
a aaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa aa a aa aa a a a aa aaa
aa
aaaaaaaaaaaa a
aa a
a a
aa aa a aa a aa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a
aa aa a a
aa
a a
aa
a a
a a a
a a
aa aa aa aa aa a
a aa aa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
a a aa a aa aa a aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa aa a aa aa a a a aa aa aa aa aa a a aaa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
a a aa a aa aa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
User Parameter
User Parameter
aa a
a a
aa aa a aa a aa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a
aa aa a a
aa
a a
aa
a a
a a a
a a
aa aa aa aa aa a
a a aaa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
a a aa a aa aa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
Mazatrol M-32 Parameter Lists
aa a
a a
aa aa a aa a aa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a aa a
aa
a a
a a
aa
a a a
aa
a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a
aa a
aa
a a
a a
aa
a a
aa
a a
a a a
a a
aa aa aa aa aa a
a a aaa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
a a aa a aa aa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
a a aa a aa aa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
User Parameter No. 2

User Parameter No. 1
aa a
a a
aa aa a aa a aa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a aa a aa a aa
aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aa
aa aa a aa aa a a a a
aa aa aa aa aa a a aaa
a
aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a aa a aa
aaaa
aa
aa aa a a aa
a a aa aa aaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaa a
a a aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa a a aa aa a
PARAMETER LIST FOR MAZATROL M-32 SERIES
aa a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa
aaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaa aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a
a a
aa a a aa a aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaa
aa
aaaaaaaaaaaa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa a aa
a a
a a
a a
aa
a a
a a a
aa
a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa aa aa aa a
a a aaa a
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa aa aa aa aa aa a
User Parameter No. 3 & 4

aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a
a a
aa a a aa a a aa a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a a
a a
a a
aa
a a
a a a
aa
a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa aa aa aa a
a a aaa a
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a aa a a aa a aa
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
(F1 ~ F108)
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a
a a
aa a a aa a a aa a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a a
a a
a a
aa
a a
a a a
aa
a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa aa aa aa a
a a aaa a
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aa a aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaa aaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa aa aa aa a aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa
aaaa
a a a aa a a aa
a aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa aa aaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaa
aaaaa
a aaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a aaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa aa a aa aa a aa aa aaa
aa
aaaaaaaaaaaa a
aa a
a a
aa aa a aa a aa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a
aa aa a a
aa
a a
aa
a a
a a a
a a
aa aa aa aa aa a
a aa aa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
a a aa a aa aa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
(Point Cutting: D1 ~ D108)
aa a
a a
aa aa a aa a aa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a aa a
aa
a a
a a
aa
a a a
aa
a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a
aa a
aa
a a
a a
aa
a a
aa
a a
a a a
a a
aa aa aa aa aa a
a a aaa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
a a aa a aa aa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
(Tape, I/O: G1 ~ G108)

aa a
a a
aa aa a aa a aa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a aa a
aa
a a
a a
aa
a a a
aa
a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a
aa a
aa
a a
a a
aa
a a
aa
a a
a a a
a a
aa aa aa aa aa a
a a aaa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
(Line/Face Cutting: E1 ~ E108)
aa a
a a
aa aa a aa a aa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a
aa aa a a
aa
a a
aa
a a
a a a
a a
aa aa aa aa aa a
a a aaa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
a a aa a aa aa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
a a aa a aa aa a
aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a a aa a aaa a
(H1 ~ H108, I1 ~ I108)

aa a aa aa a aa a aa aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aa aa a aa aa a a a a aa aa aa aa a a aaa
aaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaa aa
a aa aa aa a
aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a aa a aa
a aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a a
aa
aaaa
aa
aa aa a a aa
a aa aa aaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaa
aa a
aa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa aaaaaaaaaa aaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa aaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa a aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaa
aa
aaaaaaaaaaaa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a
a a
aa a a aa a a aa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a a a aa a a aa a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa aa aa aa a aa aa a
Cutting Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a
a a
aa a a aa a a aa a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
Machine Constant Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
..............
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
a aa a
.........
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa aa aa aa
........
......
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a a aaa a
....
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa aa aa
Using the NC Parameter Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a
a a
aa a a aa a a aa a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a a
a a
a a
aa
a a
a a a
aa
a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa aa aa aa a
a a aaa a
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aa a a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
4.
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a
a a
aa a a aa a a aa a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
5-7
5-6
5-5
5-4
5-3
5-2
5-1
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa a aa a a aa a a aa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa aa aa aa a a aaa
aa aaaaaaaaaaaa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa aa aa aa aaaaaa a
Index
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a a aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a a a aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a aaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a a aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
Notes:
4. USING THE NC PARAMETER LISTS
4-1 DESCRIPTION OF THE NC PARAMETER LISTS
A parameter is data required for setting machine and NC equipment operation modes.
Parameters are preset at the factory. Some parameters can be changed by the user to
adjust for changes in machine condition or when adding optional equipment.
If incorrect parameter values are set, the machine and NC may not function properly.
Make sure you have a thorough understanding of a parameter function before making
any changes.
Parameter data falls into the following three types:
CUTTING CONDITION PARAMETERS (See section 5-1)
Cutting condition parameters are the constants that are used to automatically set
the cutting conditions (circumferential speed and feed rate) during program
creation.
USER PARAMETERS (See sections 5-2 - 5-6)
The data needed for point-, line-, and face-machining data, constants related to
data input/output etc. are registered.
MACHINE CONSTANT PARAMETERS (See section 5-7)
Constants related to the servo motors and spindle motors, machine status data
etc. are registered.
4-1
The parameter display is used to see the contents of parameters or to change
parameters. User parameters and cutting condition parameters can be set on this
display.
CUT COND. PARAM —
CUT COND. PARAM NO.1 “ For CUTTING-CONDITION parameters:

Parameters associated with machine
CUT COND. PARAM NO.2 ” cutting conditions.
CUT COND. PARAM NO.3 ‘
POINT CUTTING PARAMETER —
LINE/FACE CUTTING PAR “

For USER parameters:
USER PARAMETER NO.1 ” User parameters associated with
cutting conditions.
USER PARAMETER NO.2 ‘
Types of USER PARAMETER NO.3 ’

PARA-
METER USER PARAMETER NO.4 ÷
sub-displays
MACH CONSTANT PAR NO.1 —
MACH CONSTANT PAR NO.2 “
MACH CONSTANT PAR NO.3 ”
MACH CONSTANT PAR NO.4 ‘

For MACHINE parameters:
MACH CONSTANT PAR NO.5 ’ Constants and other machine related
data.
MACH CONSTANT PAR NO.6 ÷
MACH CONSTANT PAR NO.7 ◊
MACH CONSTANT PAR NO.8 ÿ
PITCH ERROR COMP PAR. Ÿ
4-2
4-2 DISPLAYING PARAMETER DATA
1) When the PARAMETER display has been changed from another display, the CUT
COND. PARAM subdisplay is indicated with the following menu:
CUTTING USER MACHINE PREVIOUS NEXT

COND PAGE PAGE
a) Each time the NEXT PAGE menu key is pressed, subdisplays for cutting-
conditions/parameters will change over in order of — Æ “ Æ ” Æ ‘ Æ — Æ
“.....
b) Each time the PREVIOUS PAGE menu key is pressed, subdisplays for
cutting-conditions/parameters will change over in order of — Æ ‘ Æ ” Æ “

Æ—Æ‘.....
2) When the USER menu key is pressed, the POINT CUTTING PARAMETER
subdisplay will be indicated.
a) Each time the NEXT PAGE menu key is pressed, subdisplays for user
parameters will change over in order of — Æ “ Æ ” Æ . . . . . Æ ÷ Æ — Æ

“.....
b) Each time the PREVIOUS PAGE menu key is pressed, subdisplays for user
parameters will change over in order of — Æ ÷ Æ ’ Æ . . . . . Æ “ Æ — Æ
÷.....
3) When the MACHINE menu key is pressed, the MACH CONSTANT PAR NO. 1
subdisplay will be indicated.
a) Each time the NEXT PAGE menu key is pressed, subdisplays for machine
parameters will change over in order of — Æ “ Æ ” Æ . . . . . Æ Ÿ Æ — Æ

“.....
b) Each time the PREVIOUS PAGE menu key is pressed, subdisplays for
machine parameters will change over in order of — Æ Ÿ Æ ÿ Æ . . . . . Æ “
Æ—ÆŸ.....
4) When the CUTTING COND menu key is pressed on each PARAMETER
subdisplay, the CUT COND. PARAM subdisplay will be indicated.
4-3
4-3 NC PARAMETER LIST STRUCTURE
The parameter tables are written in the following format:
Characters displayed at the M: Valid for MAZATROL program

Classification of parameters
lower left of the screen E: Valid for EIA/ISO program
Classification Display title
Name Program type

Address Description
Unit Setting range Conditions
Display title
Allowable range of data Conditions under which a Details or meaning of the parameter
Parameter name changed parameter becomes
displayed on the valid
Units of data displayed
screen
Precautions:
1) The type and setting value for required parameters may vary according to machine
types, optional equipment and software version.

Values are set for specific machines and NC equipment and must not be used for
other machines.
2) The factory set parameters are recorded at machine run-off and stored inside the
electrical control. This paper must not be lost.
3) If parameter setting values are changed, make note of the values before and after
the change.
4) If machines are not operated for a long time, battery backup may be lost resulting
in the loss of data (battery alarm indicated). In this case, confirm parameter setting
values by referring to the parameter record paper. If a machine is operated without
re-entering parameter data, programming and operation errors will result.
4-4
When the PARAMETER display is selected, the CUT COND. PARAM display will
appear as shown below. This data is used to set the cutting conditions according to
specific materials that are specified in the common unit on the WK PROGRAM display.
MATERIAL STANDARD DRILL REAMER TAP BOR BAR MILLCUT
MAT.-1 ÆÆ C-SP (%) 255 255 255 255 255

FR (%)
MAT.-2 ÆÆ C-SP (%)
FR (%)
FR (%)
MAT.-4 ÆÆ “ C-SP (%) ”
FR (%)
FR (%)
FR (%)
FR (%)
FR (%)
—
*** CUT COND. PARAM ***
(!!!!)
CUTTING USER MACHINE PREVIOUS NEXT

COND. PAGE PAGE
Note: Values shown above denote the maximum value of each type of data.
aaaaaaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaaaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaaaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaaaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
Description of display data
a
a
No. Data name Unit Description
— MATERIAL – This data corresponds to OTHERS No.1 through 8, which are to be set for MAT of the common unit.
“ STANDARD – Select one of CST IRN, DUC-CI, CBN STL, ALY STL, STAINLS, ALMINUM and CPR-ALY that
best matches the material of the work to be machined.
” DRILL % Set the rate (%) of the cutting conditions most appropriate for the special material to the cutting
REAMER TAP conditions which are automatically set for the selected material code.
BOR BAR Example:
MATERIAL STANDARD DRILL
(BACK MAT.-1 CBN STL C-SP (%) 120
BORING) MILL FR (%) 80
CUT
(FACEMILL, When setting is done as shown above, the program will automatically set the cutting conditions as
follows:
ENDMILL)
UNO MAT
~
0 CBN STL
SNO TOOL C-SP FR
~
1 DRILL 20 0.2
UNO MAT 120 80

~
0 MAT.-1 (20×!!) (0.2×!!)
100 100
SNO TOOL C-SP FR
~
1 DRILL 24 0.16
Note:
If cutting condition calculation is performed irrespectively of the material of the work, then this data will
become invalid for software reasons.
4-5
Notes:
4-6
5. MAZATROL M-32B PARAMETER LISTS
5-1 CUTTING CONDITIONS
Classification Cutting conditions Display title CUT COND. PARAM NO. 1
Name Program type

Address Description
Arithmetic constant used to automatically set the

A1 – M cutting conditions (circumferential speed and feed rate)
for MAZATROL program.
A108 Note:
– – Immediate Details of these parameters are not released to the
public.
Name Program type

Address Description

B1 – M cutting conditions (circumferential speed and feed rate)
B108 Display title
Note:
public.
Name Program type

Address Description

C1 – M cutting conditions (circumferential speed and feed rate)
C52 Note:
public. Display title
Arithmetic constant used to automatically set thrust

C53 – M (THR.) and horsepower (HP) on the TOOL DATA
display.
C108 Note:
public.
5-1
Notes:
5-2
5-2 USER PARAMETER (Point Cutting)
Classification USER Display title POINT CUTTING PARAMETER
Name Program type

Address Description
Height of the next R-point of the drill after pilot-drilling

with a spot-machining tool or a drill.
Height of the second R-point
of the drill M
Initial point
aa
aaa
aa
D1
aa
a
a
a
D1
R-point
aaaaaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
a a
0.1 mm
0 999 Immediate
a
0.01 inch Note:
a
Valid only when bit 6 of D91 is 1.
MPL001
The nominal diameter of a spot-machining tool that is

Nominal diameter of spot- automatically set during automatic tool development.
machining tool M
D2 Example:
SNO TOOL NOM-˘ NO. HOLE-˘ HOLE-DEP
1 CTR-DR 20. 10 !
1 mm
0 99 Immediate
0.1 inch
D2
Z-axis feed dwell time at the hole bottom in a spot-

machining cycle. Set this time in spindle revolutions.
Spot-machining hole bottom
dwell element M When the spot-machining
tool reaches the hole bottom,
the Z-axis will first stop
D3 moving until the spindle
makes D3 revolutions, and
then return to the original
aa
aaaaaaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaa
position at the rapid feedrate.

a
aaaa
a
aa
a
aa
a
aa
1 revolution 0 9 Immediate
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
(Stops at hole bottom.) MPL002

Element used to set the maximum spot-chamfering
hole diameter (d) during automatic tool development.
Maximum allowable spot-
aaaaaa
a
aa
aaa
D2 Spot-chamfering
aa
chamfering hole diameter M

a a
a
occurs if
aa
element d
aa
d eD2 – D4.
a
D4 If d > D2 – D4, the

aaaaaaaa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaa
a
aaa
a
a
aaaa a
a
aaaa a
a
aaaa a
aaaaa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaa
a
a
a
a
a
a
chamfering cutter is
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
developed
a
a a
aaa
automatically.
a
aa
a
0.1 mm Chamfering
a
a
0 99
aa
Immediate
a
a
aa
aa
aa
0.01 inch
a
a
a
aa
a
a
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
a
a
aa
a
a
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
a
a
a
MPL003
5-3
Name Program type

Address Description
The feedrate of a tool as it is being passed through the

prehole during an inversed spot-facing cycle.
Prehole through speed during Note:
inversed spot-facing M 0.5 mm/rev if this parameter setting is 0.
D5
aaaaaaa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaa a
aaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aaa
aaaaa
a
aaaaa
a
a
a
a
a
aa
a
aaaa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aaaa
a aaa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aa
aaa
a
a
aaaaaaaaa aa a
a
a
a
aaaaaaaaa aa a
a
aaaaa aa
aaaaaaaaa aa a
a
a
a
a
a
aaaaaa a a
a
aaaaaa a
a
a
a
aa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
The feedrate in the
a
a
a
aa
a
a
a
a
aaa
a
a
a
a
aa
aaa
100 mm/min case of D5.
a
a
a
a
aa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
0 99 Immediate
a
a
a
a
aa
aa
aaa
a
10 inch/min
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aaaaaaa a
aaaaaa
aaaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
a a
aaaaaa
a a
a
MPL004
Element used to automatically set drill-machining
Drill-machining cycle setting cycles during automatic tool development.
M
D6 element
Machining cycle Conditions
Hole depth
– 0 9 Immediate Drilling cycle e D6
Hole diameter
High-speed deep-hole Hole depth
Drill-machining cycle setting D6 < e D7
M drilling cycle Hole diameter
D7 element
Deep-hole drilling Hole depth
D7 <
cycle Hole diameter
– 0 9 Immediate
Maximum diameter of holes Element used to automatically set the number of drills
M
machinable on one drill which are automatically developed according to the
D8 bore diameter of the drill unit.
1 mm
0 99 Immediate
0.1 inch
Maximum diameter of holes Number of drills

M Conditions
machinable on two drills developed
D9 1 Bore diameter e D8
1 mm
0 99 Immediate 2 D8 < Bore diameter e D9
0.1 inch
3 D9 < Bore diameter e D10
Maximum diameter of holes Alarm D10 < Bore diameter
M
machinable on three drills
D10
1 mm
0 99 Immediate
0.1 inch
5-4
Name Program type

Address Description
Element used to automatically set the hole-drilling,

endmilling, and boring depths during automatic tool
development of inversed spot-facing, tapping, back-
boring, through-hole drilling, through-hole counter-
Through-hole/tap-prehole boring, and spot-faced tapping units.
M
machining overshoot
aaaa
a
a
a
aaaaaaaa
a
a
a
a
aaa aaa
aaa
aa aaaa
aa aaaa a
aaa
aa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aaa
aa
a
a
aaaaaaa
aaaaaa
a
a
a
aaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaa
a
a
a
a
a
aaaaa
a
a
a
a
aa
aaa
a
a
a
a
Hole Hole
a a
a
aa
a
aaa
aa
depth depth
aaa
aaa
a
aaa
a
a
aa
aa
a
a
aa
a
a
a
a
a
aa
aaa
aaa
a
a
aa
a
a
a
aaa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
D11
a
a
a
a
D11 D11
Example:
0.1 mm SNO TOOL NOM-˘ NO. HOLE-˘ HOLE-DEP
0 99 Immediate
0.01 inch 1 DRILL 10. 10. 21.
(Hole depth + D11)
Note:
See also parameter D30 for tapping units.
MPL005
Element used to automatically set the hole-drilling
depth during automatic tool development of stop-hole
counter-boring and stop-hole boring units.
Stop-hole machining hole-
bottom clearance M
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a aaaaaaaaaaaa
aaa
aaa
aaa
aaa
aaa
aaa
aaa
a
Hole depth
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
D12
D12
0.1 mm
0 99 Immediate Example:
0.01 inch
1 DRILL 10. 10. 19.
(Hole depth – tool tip compensation – D12) MPL006
5-5
Name Program type

Address Description
Hole diameter is automatically set during automatic tool

development when spot-chamfering is not to be
performed.
Spot-machining hole diameter
M
(fixed value)
aaa
aaa
aaaa
aaa
D13
aa
aa aaaa
aaa
aa
aaa
aaa
aaaaaaaaaa a
a
aaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaa
aaa
aaa
aaa aaaa
aa
a
aaa
D13
aa
aa
a
aaaaa
aa
aaa
a
a
a a
a
a a
a
aa
aa
aa
aa
aaa
a
aaa
a
a
a
aa
a
a
aa
a
a
a
a
aa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
1 mm
0.1 inch
1 CTR-DR 20. 10. !
D13 MPL007
Depth-of-cut setting element Element used to automatically set the depth-of-cut per
M
for drilling (ALMINUM) drilling operation during automatic tool development.
D14
0.1 0 10 Immediate Hole-˘ × D14 : (when the material of the stock work is
aluminum)
Depth-of-cut setting element
M Hole-˘ × D15 : (when the material of the stock work is
for drilling (except ALMINUM)
D15 other than aluminum)
0.1 0 10 Immediate
Z-axis feed dwell time at the hole bottom in a

chamfering cutter machining cycle. Set this time in
Hole-bottom dwell setting spindle revolutions.
element for chamfering cutter M
When the chamfering cutter
reaches the hole bottom, the Z-
axis will first stop moving until the
D16 spindle makes D16 revolutions,
and then return to the original
position at the rapid feedrate.
aaaa
aaa
a
a
a
aaaaaaaa a
aaaaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaa
aaaa
aaaa
Note:
aa
aaaa
a
a
a
aaa
a
aa
a
aaaa
aaaaaaa
a
aaaaa
a
a
aa
a
a
This parameter is invalid for

a
a
aa
a
a
chamfering with true-circle

aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
(Stops at hole bottom.) processing.

MPL008
5-6
Name Program type

Address Description
The clearance to ensure that the tool will not contact

the workpiece wall or with the hole bottom during a
chamfering cycle.
Interference clearance of D17

chamfering cutter M
aaaa
aaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aaaaaa a
aa
a
aa
a
aaaaaaaaaa a
aaa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aaaaaaaaa
a
a
a
a
a
aaaaaaaaa
aa
aa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aaaaaa a
a
a
a
aaaaaaaaaa
a
Interferes
a a
D17
a aa
a
a
a
a
a
0.1 mm D17
aaaa
aaa
a a
aaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaa
aaa
a a
aaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
0 99 Immediate
0.01 inch
aaaaa
a aa
a aa
aaaa
aaaa
a aa
a aa
a aa
a aa
a a
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
a aa
Interferes
MPL009
The feedrate at which the tool is returned from the hole
bottom during reaming or boring.
Return feedrate for reaming or

M
aaaaaa
a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaa
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaa
aaa
a a
boring (cycle 3)
D18
aaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
D18
a
MPL010
a
Notes:
1. Valid only when the setting for the depth of cut by
100 mm/min the reamer (tool sequence) is G01.
0 9 Immediate
10 inch/min 2. Valid only when the setting for prehole diameter of
the boring tool (tool sequence) is CYCLE 3.
3. If this parameter is 0, the tool is returned at the same
feedrate as that of cutting.
Z-axis feed dwell time at the hole bottom in an
endmilling cycle. Set this time in spindle revolutions.
Hole-bottom dwell setting
element for endmilling M When the endmilling tool
reaches the hole bottom, the
Z-axis will stop moving until
the spindle makes D19
D19 revolutions, and then return to
the original position at the
aaa
aa
a
a
a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaa a
a
aaaa
aa
a
aaaa
a
a
aa
aaa
a
a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
a
a
a
aa
rapid feedrate.
a
a
a
a
a
aa
a
a
a
a
aa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aa
aaaaaaaa a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aa
Note:
a
a
a
aa
a
a
a
aa
1 revolution 0 9 Immediate This parameter is invalid for

a
a
a
aaa
aa
a
a
a
a
a
aaaaa a
a
a
aa
true-circle processing.
a
a
a
a
a
aa
a
a
a
a
a
aa
a
a
a
a
a
aa
a
a
a
a
a
a
(Stops at hole bottom.) MPL011
5-7
Name Program type

Address Description
Element used to automatically set the radial depth-of-

cut per endmilling operation.
Radial depth-of-cut setting Depth-of-cut = nominal diameter × D20
M
element for endmilling Depth-of-cut is automatically set according to the value
D20 of this parameter when nominal diameter of the end-
milling tool is input.
Example:
SNO TOOL NOM-˘ NO. HOLE-˘ HOLE-DEP PRE-DIA PRE-DEP RGH DEPTH
1% 0 100 Immediate 1 E-MILL 20 40. 10. 30. ! 0. 12.
(NOM-˘ ¥ D20)
The reference value for calculation of a bottom-finishing

allowance which corresponds to the roughness of the
endmilling (tool sequence). The finishing allowance in
Reference bottom-finishing the case of roughness level 4 becomes the value of this
allowance for endmilling M parameter, and the values for all other roughness levels
are set using the expressions listed in the table below.
Roughness Bottom-finishing allowance
0
D21 0.0
3
4 D21
5 D21 × 0.7
0.1 mm 6 D21 × 0.7 × 0.7
0 99 Immediate
0.01 inch 7 D21 × 0.7 × 0.7 × 0.7
8 D21 × 0.7 × 0.7 × 0.7 × 0.7
9 D21 × 0.7 × 0.7 × 0.7 × 0.7 × 0.7
Dwell time at the hole bottom or at the R-point. This

Tapping-cycle dwell time value is valid when 1 is set for bit 0, 1 or 2 of parameter
M
D91.
D22
Note:
0.01 sec. 0 99 Immediate This parameter is valid only when the setting for
roughness of tapping (tool sequence) is FIX.
The excess amount of prehole diameter over nominal
diameter that is used to specify whether the Z-axis is to
Prehole clearance for be moved at a rapid feedrate or at a cutting feedrate
endmilling M during true-circle processing with the endmill.
D23 D23
D23
aa
aaaa
aaa
a
aaaaa
aaa a
aaa
aaa a
aaa
aaa
aaaa a
aa
aaaa
aaa
a
aaaaa
aaaaaaaaaa
aaaa
aaa a
aaa
aaa a
aaaa
a
aaa
a
a
a
aaa
a
aaa
aaaaaaa
aa
a
a
aaa
aaaaaaa
aaaaaa
a
a
a
a
aaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaa a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaa
a
a
a
a
0.1 mm
0 99 Immediate
0.01 inch
aa
aa
aa
aa
a
a
a
a
a
a
Cutting feed Rapid feed
MPL012
5-8
Name Program type

Address Description
Z-axis feed dwell time at the hole bottom in a boring

cycle. Set this time in spindle revolutions.
Hole-bottom dwell setting When the boring bar

element for boring M reaches the hole bottom,
the Z-axis will first stop
moving until the spindle
makes D24 revolutions,
and then the spindle
aaaaa
aa
aa
aaaaaaa aa a
aaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaa
aaa
aaaa a
a
a
D24 orientation will be
aa a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaa
a
a
a
a
aaaaaaaaaaa
a
a
a
a
a
performed.
aaaaa
aaa
aaa
aaa
aaa
aaa
aaa
a a
1 revolution 0 9 Immediate (Stops at hole bottom)
Note:
This parameter is invalid if the roughness of the boring
(tool sequence) is 0. MPL013
The amount of relief provided for the tip of a boring bar
to be kept clear of the hole wall after spindle
orientation.
Boring-bar tip relief

M D25
aaaa
a aa
a aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaa
a aa
a aa
a aa
a aa
a a
aaa
a aa
aaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaa
aaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
D25
aaa a
aaaaaaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaa
a
During boring During returning
0.1 mm
0 99 Immediate Notes:
0.01 inch
1. Valid only when the setting for the prehole diameter
of the boring (tool sequence) is CYCLE 1.
2. For the relief direction of the tool tip, see the
description of bit 3 and bit 4 of I14. MPL014
The distance a boring or back-boring tool is returned at
the programmed feedrate after the tool has reached the
hole bottom.
Boring or back-boring hole-
bottom return feed distance M
aaaa
aaa a
a
a
a
aa
aa
aaa
aaa
aa
a
a
a
a
aaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aaa
aaa
a
a
aaaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aaa
aa
aaa
aa
a
aa
aa
a
a
aaa
a
a
aa
a
a
aa
aaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaa a
a
a
a
a
aaaaaaaaaa a
a
a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaa a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
D26 D26
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aa
a
a
a
aaa a
aaa
aaa
aaa
a
a
aaa
aaa a
aaa
aaa
aaa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aa
a
a
a
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
a
a
a
a
aa
a
a
a
aa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
— Has reached the “ Returned at the ” Returned at a

hole bottom. same feedrate. rapid feedrate.
0.1 mm
0 99 Immediate
0.01 inch Note:
Not valid if the setting for the roughness of the boring
(tool sequence) is 1.
MPL015
5-9
Name Program type

Address Description
D27 Invalid
The distance the boring bar is fed in at 70% of the

original feedrate to finish the hole bottom.
Bottom-finishing amount of
M
aaa
aaa
a
a
a
a
aaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaa
aaa
aa
boring
a
aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a
aa
a
a
a
a
a
a
aaaaaaaa a aa a a a a
aaaaaaaaa
D28 D28
a a
aaaaaa
aaaaaaaa
a
a
a
a
0.1 mm The feedrate is reduced to 70% of the original value
0 99 Immediate
0.01 inch before the hole bottom is reached.
Note:
Not valid if the setting for the roughness of the boring
(tool sequence) is 1. MPL016
The time required for a chip removal tool to complete a
Chip removal time M
chip removal operation after the tool has been
D29 positioned at the hole bottom.
1 sec. 0 99 Immediate
Element used to automatically set the hole-drilling

depths during automatic tool development for tapping
unit.
Number of incomplete threads
in tapping cycle M
aaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aaaaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
a a
a aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a aa
Hole depth
a
a
a a a a a
D30 D30×Pitch
aaaa a a
aaa
aaaaaaa
aa
aa
aaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
a
a
a
a
D11
a
a
a
a
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
1 thread 0 9 Immediate Example:

1 DRILL 10. 10. 19.
{Hole depth + D11 + (D30 × pitch) }
MPL017
5 - 10
Name Program type

Address Description
Excess amount of tool return due to elongation of the

tapper during a tapping a cycle.
Set this value in spindle revolutions.
Tapper elongation amount of M
tap
R-point D31×Pitch
D31
aa
a
a
a
aaaa a
aaa aaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a
a
a
a
aa
a
aaaa
aaaaa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aa
aaa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
a
aaaa aaaaaaaaaa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aaaa
aa
aaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaa aa
MPL018
a
Number of spindle revolutions The number of rotations in the tapping cycle that the
until spindle CCW rotation M spindle continues to rotate clockwise during the time
D32 begins in tapping cycle from output of a spindle CCW rotation command to the
start of spindle CCW rotation.
The amount of relief provided for a back-boring tool tip

to be kept clear of the prehole walls as it is being
passed through the prehole in the oriented state of the
spindle.
Back-boring tool tip relief M
D33
aaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaa
aaaaa
aaaaaaa
aaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaa
aaaaaa
aaaa
a a
D33
aaaaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaaaa
aaaaaa
aa
aa
— During back-boring “ During passage
0.1 mm
0 99 Immediate
0.01 inch
Note:
For the relief direction of the tool tip, see the
description of bit 3 and bit 4 of I14.
MPL019
D34 Invalid
5 - 11
Name Program type

Address Description
Element used to automatically set the prehole-drilling

diameter during automatic tool development of the
reamer unit. (When the pre-machining process is
Prehole-drilling diameter drilling).
setting element for reamer M Hole diameter
drilling
aaaaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa a
aaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaa
a
aa
aaa
aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aaa
aa
aaaaaaaaaa
a aaaaaaaaaaaaa a
a
a
Hole diameter-D35
a a
D35
aa a a
a
aa
aaaaaa
aaaaa
a
a
a
a
a
a
aaa
a
aaaaaaa
aaa
aa
aa
aa
a
aaaaaa
a
aa
aa
aa
a
a
aa
a
aaaa
aaa
aaa a
a
aaaa
aaaa
aaa
aaa
aaa
aaa
aaa
aaa
a
a
0.01 mm
0 999 Immediate
0.001 inch Example:
SNO TOOL NOM-˘ NO. HOLE-˘
1 DRILL 10. 10.
(Hole diameter – D35 ) MPL020
Prehole-drilling diameter boring).
setting element for reamer M
boring Hole diameter
aaaa
aaa
aaa
aaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaa
a
D36 Hole diameter-D36

aaaaaaa
aaaaaaaa
aaaaaaa
aaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaaaaa
aaaaa
0.01 mm
0 999 Immediate
0.001 inch Example:
1 DRILL 10. 10.
(Hole diameter – D36 ) MPL020
5 - 12
Name Program type

Address Description

Prehole-drilling diameter endmilling).
endmilling Hole diameter
aaaaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa a
aaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaa
a
aa
aaa
aa
aaaaaaaaa
aa
aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aaaaaaaaaa
a
a
a
aaa a a a
aaa
aa
aaa
aaaa
a a
a
a a
a
aaa
a
a
a
aa
a
aaaaaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
a
0.01 mm MPL020
0 999 Immediate
0.001 inch Example:
1 DRILL 10. 10.
(Hole diameter – D37 )
(1) In automatic tool development of the reamer unit, if

the pre-machining process is boring:
Reamer-prehole diameter
Hole diameter
setting element for boring or
M
endmilling
aaaa
aaa
a a
aaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaa
Boring-hole diamete
= Hole diameter-D38
D38
aaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaa
MPL021
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
0.01 mm Example:
a
0 999 Immediate
0.001 inch SNO TOOL NOM-˘ NO. HOLE-˘
1 BOR BAR 10. 10.

the pre-machining process is endmilling:
setting element for endmilling Hole diameter
M
aaa
a
a
aaaa
a
a
aaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aaaaa
a
a
aa
aa
aa
a
aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
a
aaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a
First endmilling hole diameter

aa a
= Hole diameter-D39
a
D39
aa
Second endmilling hole diameter

aaa
a
aa
aa
aaaaa
aaaa
aa
a
= Hole diameter-D38
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aaa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
MPL022
aa
aaa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
a
0.01 mm Example:
0 999 Immediate
0.001 inch SNO TOOL NOM-˘ NO. HOLE-˘
1 E-MILL 15. 20. ¨ (Hole diameter – D39)
2 E-MILL 10. 21. ¨ (Hole diameter – D38)
5 - 13
Name Program type

Address Description
Z-axis feed dwell time at the spot-faced hole bottom in

Spot-faced hole bottom dwell an inversed spot facing cycle. Set this time in spindle
element for inversed spot- revolutions.
M
facing
When the inversed spot-facing
aaa
a
aa
a
aaa
aaa
aa
aaaa
aa
a aa
a
a aa
aaaaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaa
D40 first the Z-axis will stop moving
a a
aaaaa
aaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaa a
until the spindle makes D40
aaaaaaa
revolutions, and then the
aa
aaaaa
a
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
rotational direction of the
a
a
a
a
a
a
(Feeding stops at hole spindle will reverse.
bottom.)
MPL023
R-point height of each tool in the point-machining unit.
Example:
R-point height during point-

machining M
Initial point
D41 R point
aaaaaaaaaaaa D41
aaaaaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaa
Machining surface
aaaa
MPL024
1 mm Notes:
0 99 Immediate
0.1 inch 1. For the inversed spot-facing unit or the back-boring
unit, this parameter can also be used for setting the
clearance amount at the hole bottom.
2. For the drilling unit, see D1 also.
D42
Invalid
D46
Element used to automatically set the hole depth of

drilling, endmilling and boring during automatic tool
development of the reamer unit.
Reamer-prehole machining
M
aaaaaa
aaaa
aaa a
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaa
aa
aaaaa
a
aaaa
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaa a
aaa
aa
overshoot
aaa
aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aa
a
a
a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
a
a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
Hole Hole
a
aa
a
depth depth
a
a a
aa
a a
a
aaa
aaa
a a
aaa
aaaaaaa
a
a
a
aa
aaaa
a
aaaa
a
D47 D47
aaaaaaaaaaaa
aaa
a
a
a
a
aa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aa
D47
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
For drilling For endmilling or boring
MPL025
0.01 mm
0.001 inch
1 DRILL 10. 10. 21.
(Hole depth + D47)
5 - 14
Name Program type

Address Description
D48
Invalid
D90
7654 3210 (1: Execution, 0: No execution)
M04 is output after the tool has dwelled

at the hole bottom during a tapping
– M cycle.
The tool dwells after M04 has been
output at the hole bottom during a
tapping cycle.
The tool dwells after it has been
D91 returned to the R-point during a tapping
cycle.
The finishing tool path is shortened
during a true-circle processing cycle
(endmilling).
Binary eight
Bit Immediate
digits The tool path is shortened during a
true-circle processing cycle
(chamfering).
The R-point height of the drill is set as
D1.

– M
D92 During a true-circle processing
Bit Binary Immediate (endmilling) cycle, E17 is used for axial
feed.
Unidirectional positioning for point-machining
– M
CTR-DR (Spot-machining tool)
DRILL (Drill)
D93 REAM (Reamer)
TAP (Tap)
Binary eight BK FACE (Inversed spot-facing tool)
Bit Immediate BOR BAR (Boring tool)
digits
B-B BAR (Back-boring tool)
CHF-M (Chamfering cutter)
– M
D94
Binary eight
Bit Immediate E-MILL (Endmilling tool)
digits
D95
Invalid
D108
5 - 15
Notes:
5 - 16
Name Program type

Address Description
Excess amount of tool return due to elongation of the

tapper during a tapping a cycle.
Set this value in spindle revolutions.
Tapper elongation amount of M
tap
aaaa aaaa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a aaa
aa
aa
aa
aaa
a
aa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
R-point D31×Pitch
a
aa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
D31
aa
a
a
a
aaaa a
aaa aaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a
a
a
a
aa
a
aaaaa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aa
aaa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
a
aaaa aaaaaaaaaa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aaaa
aa
aaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaa aa
aaaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
MPL018
a
a
Number of spindle revolutions The number of rotations in the tapping cycle that the
until spindle CCW rotation M spindle continues to rotate clockwise during the time
D32 begins in tapping cycle from output of a spindle CCW rotation command to the
start of spindle CCW rotation.
The amount of relief provided for a back-boring tool tip

to be kept clear of the prehole walls as it is being
passed through the prehole in the oriented state of the
spindle.
Back-boring tool tip relief M
aaaa aaaaa
a a aaaa
a
aaaaaa
a a
D33
aaaaaa aa
aaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaa
aaaaa
aaaaaaa
aaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaa
D33
aaaaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaaaa
aaaaaa
aa
aa
aaaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aa
— During back-boring “ During passage
a
0.1 mm
0 99 Immediate
0.01 inch
Note:
For the relief direction of the tool tip, see the
description of bit 3 and bit 4 of I14.
aaaaaa
aaa
aaa a
aaa
aaa a
a
aa
MPL019
a
a
aa
a
a
aa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
D34 Invalid
5 - 11
Name Program type

Address Description

Prehole-drilling diameter drilling).
aaaa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aaaa a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
Hole diameter
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
drilling
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aaaaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa a
aa
a
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaa
a
aa
aaa
aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a
aaa
aa
aa
aaaaaaaaaa
a aaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aaaa a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
Hole diameter-D35
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
D35
aa a a
a
aa
aaaaaa
aaaaa
a
a
a
a
a
a
aaa
a
aaaaaaa
aaa
aa
aa
aa
a
aaaaaa
a
aa
aa
aa
a
a
aa
a
aaaa
aaa
aaa a
a
aaaa
aaaa
aaa
aaa
aaa
aaa
aaa
aaa
a
a
0.01 mm
0 999 Immediate
0.001 inch Example:
1 DRILL 10. 10.
aaaaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
a a
MPL020
Prehole-drilling diameter boring).
setting element for reamer M aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
a aa
boring Hole diameter
aaaa
aaa
aaa
aaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaa
a
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
a
aaaaaaa
aaaaaaaa
aaaaaaa
aaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaaaaa
aaaaa
0.01 mm
0 999 Immediate
0.001 inch Example:
1 DRILL 10. 10.
aaaaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
a a
MPL020
5 - 12
D39
D38
D37
Address
Classification
Unit
endmilling
endmilling
0.01 mm
0.01 mm
0.01 mm
0.001 inch
0.001 inch
0.001 inch
USER
Name
Prehole-drilling diameter
setting element for reamer
0 999
0 999
0 999
setting element for boring or
setting element for endmilling

Setting range
M
M
M
Immediate
Immediate
Immediate
Conditions
Program type
5 - 13
aaa
aa a
2
1
1
Display title
aa a
SNO
SNO
SNO
aaaaa
a
aa aaaa a aaaaaaaaa a a
aa aaaa aaa aaaaaaa aaaa
aa aaaa aa a aa a aa aaaaaa a a aaa
a a
Example:
Example:
Example:
aa aaaa aa a
aaaa
aa aaaa aa aa
endmilling).
aa a
aaaaaaa
aa aaaa aa a
aa aaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaa
a aaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaa
aa
aa aaaa
aa a aa a aaaaaaaa aaaaaaaa aaaa
DRILL
E-MILL
E-MILL
aa aaaa a
aa a
a
aaaaaaaa aaaa a
aa aaaa aaaaaaaa aaaaaa
aa aa aaaaaa
aaaaa aaaaaaaa a a aaa a a aa aaaaaa a
aaa a
a
aa
aa aaaaaa aaaaa a a aaaaaaaaaaa a a
aaaaa
aa
aaaa
aa
aa a
aaaaaaaaaa aaaaa aaa a a a a
Hole diameter
aa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa
aaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaa aaa aa a a a a
aa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaa aaaaaaaa aaaaa a a a a a
10.
15.
1 BOR BAR 10.
10.
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa aaaaaa
aaaaaaaa aaaaaaaa aaaaa
aaaaa a
a
a
a a
a a
a a
a
a
aaaaa aaaaaaaa aaaaaa aa a a a a
Hole diameter
aaa aaaaaaaa aaaaaaaa

a a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaa aaaaaaaa a a a a
aa aa a a aa aa a a a aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaa a a a a
aa aa a aaa aa a a a aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a
aaaaa aaa a a a a
aa aa a aaa aa a a a aaaaa a a a a
Hole diameter
aa aa a aaa aa a a a
aaaaaa aaaaa aaaa
a a aaaaaaaaa a a a a
aa aa a a aa aa a a a aaaaaaaaa aaaaa a aaaa
aa aa a a aa aa a a a aaaaa
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa aa a a aa aa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaa a

aaaaaaa a aa aaaaaa
Description
aaaaaaa a aaaaaa
aaaaaaa a aa
aaaaaaa a aa
aaaaaaa a aa
aaaaaaa a aa
aaaaaaa a aa
TOOL NOM-˘ NO. HOLE-˘

POINT CUTTING PARAMETER
10.
10.
aa aa a a aa aa a a aaaaaaa a a
the pre-machining process is boring:
aaaaaa
aaaaaa aaaa
aaaaaaa
aaaaaaa
aaaaaaa aa aa
a
a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaa a aa
= Hole diameter-D38
= Hole diameter-D39
the pre-machining process is endmilling:

Boring-hole diamete
= Hole diameter-D38
Hole diameter-D37
First endmilling hole diameter

aaaaaaaaaaaaa
a a
aaaaaaa a a
a aa aaaaaaaaaa aaa a
aaaaa a aaaa aaaaaaaaa aaaaaa
Second endmilling hole diameter

aaaa aaaa
aaaa
a a
aaa aaaa
aaaa aaa aaaa
21. ¨ (Hole diameter – D38)

20. ¨ (Hole diameter – D39)
aaaaaaaaa aaa aaaa
aaa aaa aaaa
aaa aaa aaaa
MPL022
MPL020
MPL021
aaa aaa aaaa

aaa
a a
aaa
a a
aaaa
a a
Name Program type

Address Description
Z-axis feed dwell time at the spot-faced hole bottom in

Spot-faced hole bottom dwell an inversed spot facing cycle. Set this time in spindle
element for inversed spot- revolutions.
M
facing
When the inversed spot-facing
aaaaaa aaaa
aaaaaa a aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaa
aaa
aa
aaaa
a aaaa
aaaaaaa
a
a
D40 first the Z-axis will stop moving
a aaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaa a
a
until the spindle makes D40
revolutions, and then the
aaa
aaa
aaaaaaaaaa
rotational direction of the
aaaaaaa
aaaaaaa
aaaaaaa
aaaaaa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
(Feeding stops at hole spindle will reverse.
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
bottom.)
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aaa
aaaa
a aa
a aa
a aa
a aa
a aa
a aa
a aa
a a
MPL023
R-point height of each tool in the point-machining unit.
Example:
R-point height during point-

machining M
aaaaaaa
aaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaa
aaaaa
Initial point
aaa
aaaa aaaaaaa
aaaaaa aaa
aaaa aaa
aaaa aaa
aaaa aaa
aaaa a a
D41 R point
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
D41
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
a a
aaaaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
a a
aaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaa
Machining surface
aaaa
aaaa
aaa
aaa
aaa
aaa
aaa
aaa
aaa
a a
MPL024
1 mm Notes:
0 99 Immediate
0.1 inch 1. For the inversed spot-facing unit or the back-boring
unit, this parameter can also be used for setting the
clearance amount at the hole bottom.
2. For the drilling unit, see D1 also.
D42
Invalid
D46
Element used to automatically set the hole depth of

drilling, endmilling and boring during automatic tool
development of the reamer unit.
Reamer-prehole machining
M
aaaaaa
aaaa
aaa a
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaa
aa
aaaaa
a
aaaa
a
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaa a
aaa
aa aaaaa a
overshoot
aaa
aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
aa
a
a
a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
a
a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aaaa a
a
aaaa
a aaaaa
aaa aaaaa
a
a
a
a
aa a
aaaaa
Hole Hole
a
a
a
a
a
a
aa
a
a
a
a
a
a
aa
depth depth
a
a
a
a
a
a
a aa
aaa a a
a
a a
a
a
a
a
aa a
a
a a
a
aaaaaaaaa a
aaa
a
aa
aaa
a
a
aa
aaaaa
aaaa
a
a
aa
D47 D47
aa
aaa
aaa
aa
aaaaaa
aa
aa
aa
a
a
a
a
aa
a
a
a
a
aa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aaa
a
a
a
a
aa
a
a
a
a
a
D47
aa
aaa
aa
aa
aaa
a
a
a
a
aa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aa
a
a
aa
a
a
aa
aa a
aa
aa
aa a
a
a
a
a
aa
a
a
a
a
aa
a
a
aaaa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aa
For drilling For endmilling or boring

a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a aaaaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
a a
MPL025
0.01 mm
0.001 inch
1 DRILL 10. 10. 21.
(Hole depth + D47)
5 - 14
D95
D94
D93
D92
D91
D90
D48
D108
Address
Classification
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
Unit
USER
–
–
–
–
Name
digits
digits
digits
Binary
Binary eight
Binary eight
Binary eight
Setting range
M
M
M
M
Immediate
Immediate
Immediate
Immediate
Conditions
Program type
5 - 15
Display title
Invalid
Invalid
7654 3210
7654 3210
7654 3210
7654 3210
aaaaa aa aa aa aa aaaa aa aa aa
aa aa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaa
aa aa aaaa aa aa aa aaaa
aaaaa
aa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa a a aa a a aa a
aa aa a aaaa aa aa aa aaaa aa aa aa aaaaaaaaaa aaaa a aa a a aa a
D1.
aa aa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaa aa aa aa aaaa aa aa aa
aaaaa aaaaaaaaaa aa a aa a a aa a
feed.
aa aa a aaaa aa aa aa aaaa aa aa aa
aaa aaaaaaaaaa a aa a aa a a aa a
cycle.
cycle.
aa aa a
aaa aaaaaaaaaa a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a aa aa a aa a a aa
aaa aaaaaaaaaa a
aa aa a
aaa aaaaaaaaaa a
aa aa a
aaa aaaaaaaaaa a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a aa aa a aa a a aa a
TAP (Tap)
aaa aaaaaaaaaa aa a aa a a aa a
aa aa a aaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa a aa a aa a a aa
aaaa aa aa aa aaaa aa aa aa aaaaaaaaaa
(endmilling).
DRILL (Drill)
aaa aaaaaaaaaa a
(chamfering).
tapping cycle.
aa aa a
aaa aaaaaaaaaa a
aa aa a
Description
REAM (Reamer)
aaa aaaaaaaaaa a
aa aa a
aaa aaaaaaaaaa a
aa aa a
aaa aaaaaaaaaa a
aa aa a
POINT CUTTING PARAMETER
aa aa aaaa aa aa aa aaaa aa aa aa
aaa aaaaaaaaaa a
BOR BAR (Boring tool)

aaa
aaa aaaaaaaaaa aa a aa a a aa a
E-MILL (Endmilling tool)

aaaa
aa aaa a aa a aa a a aa
aaaaa aaaa aa a aaaaaaaaaa
a aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aa a aa a a aa a
aaaaa aaaa aa
aa
aa aa
aa aaaa
aa aa
aa aaaa
aa aa
aa a
a a aaaa aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa a aa a aa a a aa a

true-circle processing cycle
aaaa aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaa a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a aa aa a aa a a aa
CHF-M (Chamfering cutter)

B-B BAR (Back-boring tool)
aaaa aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a aa aa a aa a a aa a
aaaa aa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaa a
aaaa aa
During a true-circle processing
CTR-DR (Spot-machining tool)

aaaa aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaa a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a aa aa a aa a a aa a
(1: Execution, 0: No execution)

The tool dwells after it has been
aaaa aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa a a
aa
a a
a a
aa
a a
a a
a a
aa
a a
aaaa aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaa a
output at the hole bottom during a
aaaa aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaa aa a aa a a aa a
The tool path is shortened during a
at the hole bottom during a tapping
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa a aa a aa a a aa
aa aa
The finishing tool path is shortened
aa
The tool dwells after M04 has been
aaaa aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaa aa a aa a a aa a
during a true-circle processing cycle
BK FACE (Inversed spot-facing tool)

aaaa aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaa a aa a aa a a aa
aa aa
The R-point height of the drill is set as
aaaa aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a aa aa a aa a a aa a
aa
(endmilling) cycle, E17 is used for axial
M04 is output after the tool has dwelled
returned to the R-point during a tapping
aaaa aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a a
aa
a a
a a
aa
a a
a a
a a
aa
a a
aaaa aa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a
aaaaaaaaaa
aaaa aa aaaaaaaaaa
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
Notes:
5 - 16
5-3 USER PARAMETER (Line/Face)
Classification USER Display title LINE/FACE CUTTING PAR
Name Program type

Address Description
Element used to set cutting start point and escape point

for closed-pattern line- or face-machining.
Closed-pattern cutting start Example:

point and escape point setting M Defined
element Defined
a aaaaaaaaaa
aa
a
aa
a
aa
aaaaaaaaa
aaaa aaaaaaaaa
aa
a
aaaaaaaaaaaa
a
a
aaaaa
closed pattern
aa
aaaaaaaaaaaa
aa
a
closed pattern
aa
aaa
a
aa
a
aa
aa
a
a a
aa
aaaaa
aa
Removal
a
a
aa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aaaaaaa
aaa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aa a
a
aaaaa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aa
a
allow-
aaaaaa
a
a
aaaa a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aa aaaa
aaa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aaaa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aaaaaa
a
ance-R
aa
a
a
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa a
aa
aaa
aaa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aaaaaa
a
a
a
aaaaaa
aaaa
aaaa
a a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
E1 E2 E2
aa
E1 Cutting Escape E1
0.1 mm start point point
0 999 Immediate
0.01 inch [Applicable units]
- LINE OUT, LINE IN, CHMF OUT and CHMF IN
- Wall finishing of STEP, POCKET, PCKT MT and
PCKT VLY MPL026
Element used to set the cutting start point and escape
point for line- or face-machining.
Example:
Tool diameter/2 f Removal allowance-R
Cutting start point and escape E2

aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaa
M
aaaaa a
a aaa
point setting element
Cutting Removal Escape

start point E2 allowance-R point
Tool diameter/2 < Removal allowance-R

E2
E2
aaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
a
aaaaa aaaaa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aaaa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aaaa
aaaaa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
E2
aa
Removal allowance-R
0.1 mm MPL027
0 999 Immediate
0.01 inch [Applicable units]
- All line-machining units
- Face-machining units other than FACE MIL, TOP
EMIL, and SLOT
Notes:
1. See the diagram of parameter E1 also.
2. Positioning of E2 at the escape point can be
selected using E95, but only for line-machining units.
E3 Invalid
5 - 17
Name Program type

Address Description
The reference value of each finish allowance R which is

automatically set when the roughness levels of the line-
or face-machining units have been set.
Reference allowance of finish The finish allowance R in the case of roughness level 4
in radial direction M becomes the value of this parameter, and the values for
all other roughness levels are calculated using the
expressions listed in the table below.
Roughness Finish allowance R
0
E4 0.0
3
4 E4
5 E4 × 0.7
0.1 mm
0 999 Immediate 6 E4 × 0.7 × 0.7
0.01 inch
7 E4 × 0.7 × 0.7 × 0.7
8 E4 × 0.7 × 0.7 × 0.7 × 0.7
9 E4 × 0.7 × 0.7 × 0.7 × 0.7 × 0.7
E5 Invalid
The reference value of each finish allowance Z which is

automatically set when the roughness levels of the line-
or face-machining units have been set.
Reference allowance of finish The finish allowance Z in the case of roughness level 4
in axial direction M becomes the value of this parameter, and the values for
all other roughness levels are calculated using the
expressions listed in the table below.
Roughness Finish allowance Z
0
E6 0.0
3
4 E6
5 E6 × 0.7
0.1 mm
0 999 Immediate 6 E6 × 0.7 × 0.7
0.01 inch
7 E6 × 0.7 × 0.7 × 0.7
8 E6 × 0.7 × 0.7 × 0.7 × 0.7
9 E6 × 0.7 × 0.7 × 0.7 × 0.7 × 0.7
E7 Invalid
5 - 18
Name Program type

Address Description
The amount of clearance that ensures no interference

of the chamfering cutter with the hole walls during face-
machining.
Radial interference clearance
of chamfering cutter M E8
aaa
aaaaa
aa
a
a
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
a
aa
aaa
aaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaa
a
aa
a
aaaaaaaa
E8
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aaaa a
a
a
a
a
aaaaaaaaaa
a
aaaaaaaaa a
a
a
a
aaaaa a
aa
Interferes
a
a
a
a
a
a
aaaaaaaa
a
a
aaaaaaaaa a
a
a
a
a aa a a
aa
0.1 mm
0 999 Immediate
0.01 inch Interference distance
MPL028
Element used to set the position in which the cutting
feed in axial direction is to be started after the line- or
face-machining tool has been moved from the initial
Allowance of axial-cutting start M point toward the work at a rapid feedrate.
position Example:
Initial point
E9
E9
Removal allowance Z
0.1 mm
0 999 Immediate
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaa
0.01 inch
a aa
MPL029
Depth-of-cut-R automatic cut of the tool sequence in FACE MIL, TOP EMIL or
setting element (Face milling, STEP unit.
M
Endmilling-top, Endmilling-
Nominal diameter × E10
relief) Radial depth-of-cut=
10
E10
Example:
SNO TOOL NOM-˘ NO. APRCH-X APRCH-Y TYPE ZFD DEP-Z WID-R
10% 0 9 Immediate R1 E-MILL 100A ? ? XBI ! 1. 70.

10
The amount of clearance that ensures no interference

of the chamfering cutter with the hole bottom during
Axial interference clearance of chamfering.
M
chamfering cutter
E11
aaaa
a
aa
a
aaaaa a
a a
aa
a
a
aa
a
a aa a
aaaa
aa
aa
a
a
a
aaa
aa
a
a
aa
aaa
a
a
aa
aaa
a
a
E11
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aa
0.1 mm
a
a
a
aaa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a aa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aa
a
aaaa
5 40 Immediate
a
aaaa
a
a
a
aaa
aaa
aaa
aaa
aaa
aaa
aaa
a
aaaa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
0.01 inch
a
aa
aa
aa
a
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
a
a
a
a
Interferes
Interference depth
MPL030
5 - 19
Name Program type

Address Description
The amount of clearance that ensures no contact

between the tool and the figure during face milling.
Radial interference clearance Example:
of face milling unit M
Defined figure
Escape point
E12
0.1 mm
0 999 Immediate Cutting
0.01 inch
start point
E12 E12
MPL031
Element used to set the tool path internal to the figure
for endmilling-top unit.
Tool path setting element for Example:
M E13
endmilling-top unit Tool diameter ×
10
E13
10% 1 9 Immediate E13

Tool diameter ×
10
Defined figure MPL032
Depth-of-cut-R automatic cut of the tool sequence in POCKET, PCKT MT or
setting element (Pocket PCKT VLY unit.
M
milling, Pocket milling-relief,
Pocket milling-hollow) Radial depth-of-cut= Nominal diameter × E14
E14 10
Example:
SNO TOOL NOM-˘ NO. APRCH-X APRCH-Y TYPE ZFD DEP-Z WID-R
R1 E-MILL 20A ? ? CW G01 10. 12.
10% 0 9 Immediate
10
Element used to set the tool path external to the

defined figure for reciprocating-short machining with
Tool path setting element for face milling unit.
face milling-top unit Example:
M
(reciprocating short)
E15
Tool diameter × E15

10% 1 9 Immediate E15 10
Tool diameter × Defined figure
10
MPL033
5 - 20
Name Program type

Address Description
Override value of the idle-cutting feedrate at which tool

of endmilling-relief unit is to be moved around the outer
form of the work.
Peripheral-cutting feedrate Note:
override for endmilling-relief M Valid only when bit 0 of E91 is 1 and bit 7 is 0.
unit Example:
Defined figure
E16
Tool sequence
feedrate×E16
Tool sequence
feed rate
– 1 20 Immediate
MPL034
Override value of the feedrate at which the tool of a
line- or face-machining unit (excluding face milling unit)
is to be moved to the machining surface in an axial
direction.
Axial-cutting feedrate override M Notes:
1. Valid only when ZFD of tool sequence is G01.
2. Feed overriding is invalid when this parameter is 0.
Example:
E17
Tool sequence E9 Removal
10% 0 9 E17 allowance Z
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
Immediate
aaaaaaaaa
feedrate×
10
Machining
surface
MPL035
Override value of feedrate when the pocket-machining
radial depth-of-cut becomes equal to the tool diameter.
Override in case of the overall
width cutting for pocket-
aaaaaa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
Tool sequence
aaaaa aa
a a aa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
M
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
machining
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
E18
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
feedrate×
aaaaaaaaaa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
10
aaaaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
aaaa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aaa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
E18
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
Note:
10% 0 9 Immediate Overriding for overall width cutting is not valid when this
parameter is 0.
[Applicable units]
Rough-machining of POCKET, PCKT MT, PCKT VLY
and STEP MPL036
5 - 21
E22
E21
E20
E19
Address
Classification
figure
1%
Unit
0.1 mm
0.01 inch
USER
corner overriding
Name
0 99
0 999
Override value of automatic

Wall-cutting overlap in closed
Setting range
M
M
Immediate
Immediate
Conditions
Program type
5 - 22
Display title
Note:
Invalid
aa aa a
Example:
Example:
aa aaa
a
aaa
a aa
a
aaaa
a
aaaa
a
aaaa
aaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaa
aa aa aa a a a aa aaaaa aaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa aaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa a a a a a a
a
Escape point
aaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaa aaaa aa
parameter is 0.
aa aa
face-machining
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a a
a a a
a aa
a a a
a a a a aaa a a a a
VLY and SLOT
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a aaaa a a a a a a a a a a aa
a
[Applicable units]
[Applicable units]
aaaaaaaaaaaa
a a a
a a
a a a
a aa
a
a
aaaa aaaaaaa
feedrate×
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa a a
aaaaaaaaaaa a a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaa
Tool sequence
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaa
10
E22
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaa
E21
aaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaa
Description
LINE/FACE CUTTING PAR
aaaaaaaaaa
POCKET, PCKT MT and PCKT VLY

aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaa
a aaaa aaaaaaaaaaaa
Defined closed pattern
aaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa a a aaaa
aaaaaa aa aa a a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaa aaa aaaaaaa
aaaaaaa aaa aaaaaa aa aa
a a a a
Automatic corner overriding is invalid when this
areas in closed-pattern line- or face-machining.
aaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaa a aa
a
aaa
a aaaaa
a aaa aaaa
aaaaaaaa
aaa aaaaaa aa aaa aaa aaaaaaa a
- LINE OUT, LINE IN, CHMF OUT and CHMF IN
aaaaaaa a a a a a a aa a a a a a a
a a a a a
LINE RGT, LINE LFT, LINE OUT, LINE IN, STEP,

point
aaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
aaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
feed rate
aaaa a aaa a aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa a

- Wall finishing of STEP, POCKET, PCKT MT, PCKT
a aaa aa aa a a a aa a a a a a aa
aaaaaaaa
The amount of overlap of the wall-cutting start and end
Override value of automatic corner overriding in line- or

Cutting start
Tool sequence
MPL038
MPL037
E54
E26
E25
E24
E23
Address
Classification
1°
1%
1%
Unit
USER
corner overriding
corner overriding
Name
(lower limit) of automatic

(upper limit) of automatic
1 99
1 99
1 179
automatic corner overriding
Effective removal allowance
Effective removal allowance
Effective angle (upper limit) of

Setting range
M
M
M
Immediate
Immediate
Immediate
Conditions
Program type
5 - 23
Display title
Invalid
are met:
aaaaaaaaaaa
diameter
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaa aaaa
aaaaaaaaa aa aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaa aaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaa
a aaaa aaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaa
100
Machining
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaa
[Removal allowance]
aaaaaaaaa
Line-roughmachining
Face-roughmachining
Shape angle e E25 aaaaaaaaa

aaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaa
Removal allowance
aaaaaaaaa
NOTE: PARAMETERS E55 THRU E90 APPLY TO M-32A CONTROLS ONLY.

aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaa
Shape angle
allowance
aaaaaaaaa
Description
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
LINE/FACE CUTTING PAR
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
The shape angle range (upper limit).
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a
Tool × E24 e Removal e
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a aa
aa aaaa
a aa a a a a a aaaaa
aa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa aa a a a a a aa a a
aa
a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaa a aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a a a aa a a aa
a aa a a a a a aa aa aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aa a a a a a aa aa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a a a aa a a aa aa a a a a a aa aa aa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa a
diameter
The range of removal allowances (upper and lower
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
Removal allowance
(Radial depth-of-cut)
when the following line- or face-machining conditions
The automatic corner overriding becomes valid when
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaa
limits). The automatic corner overriding becomes valid
– (Radial finish allowance)

100
Tool × E23
the following line- or face-machining conditions are met:

(Radial removal allowance)
MPL040
MPL039
Name Program type

Address Description
7654 3210
0: Machining from inside to outside

1: Machining from outside to inside
0: Cutting direction inversed
1: Cutting direction fixed
1: Rapid feed up to the intended
surface + E9
Tool-path pattern selection for
endmilling-relief unit M 0: Tool path based on inside shape
1: Tool path based on outside shape
Notes:
1. If bit 0 = 0, tool path based on inside shape is
selected automatically, irrespective of value of bit 7.
E91 2. If bit 0 = 1 and bit 7 = 0, fixed direction of cutting is
selected automatically, irrespective of value of bit 1.
3. Bit 4 becomes valid only for two or more rounds of
cutting.
bit 4=0 bit 4=1
Initial point
E9
E9
Binary eight 1st cutting

Bit Immediate
digits
2nd cutting
aaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaa
MPL055
7654 3210
M
pocket milling unit 0: Machining from inside to outside
E92 1: Machining from outside to inside
Binary eight 1: Rapid feed up to the intended
Bit Immediate
digits surface + E9
7654 3210
pocket milling-relief unit 0: Machining from inside to outside
M
E93
Bit Immediate
digits surface + E9
7654 3210
pocket milling-hollow unit 0: Machining from inside to outside
M
E94
Bit Immediate
digits surface + E9
5 - 30
Name Program type

Address Description
7654 3210 For the 2nd and subsequent

rounds of cutting:
0: Not via the approach point
1: Via the approach point
For the 2nd and subsequent
rounds of cutting:
0: Escape to the Z-axis initial point
1: No escape toward the Z-axis
surface + E9
1: Escape to a position where the
workpiece and the tool do not
interfere
- Bit 2
bit 2=1 bit 2=0
Initial point
1st removal allowance

2nd removal allowance
aaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
a
a
E95 line-machining unit M
Approach point Cutting start point
- Bit 3
Approach point Escape point
bit 3=0
Initial point
1st removal
allowance
bit 3=1 2nd removal
allowance
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaa
aaaaa
aaaaaa
aaa aa
aa aa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
- Bit 5
bit 5=0 bit 5=1

aaaaaaa
aaaaaaa
aaaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaaa
aaaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaaa
aaaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaaa
aaaaaaa
aaaaaa a
aa
aaaa
aa
aaaa a
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaa
a
aa
E2
aa
aa
aa
aa aa
aa
a
a
a
a
aa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
Escape point
Removal allowance-R E2
MPL056
Binary eight Note:

Bit Immediate
digits Bit 3 is valid only for inside/outside linear machining
unit.
5 - 31
Name Program type

Address Description
7654 3210 For the 2nd and subsequent

rounds of cutting:
Tool-path pattern selection for M 0: Not via the approach point
endmilling-groove unit 1: Via the approach point
E96
Binary eight surface + E9
Bit Immediate
digits
7654 3210
M
endmilling-top unit
E97 1: Rapid feed up to the intended
surface + E9
Binary eight
Bit Immediate
digits
Cutting method selection for 7654 3210

endmilling-relief, pocket
M
milling-hollow unit
E98 1: The 1st cutting amount
exceed the command value at
Binary eight endmilling-relief or pocket
Bit Immediate hollow-machining.
digits
E99
Invalid
E108
5 - 32
5-4 USER PARAMETER No. 1
Classification USER Display title USER PARAMETER NO. 1
Name Program type

Address Description
F1
Invalid
F10
(I, J, K) I d
x=x0+ ×
F11 2
Vector constant for 3-D tool- Machining d J d
diameter compensation pattern Vector y=y0+ ×
F11 2
a
aa
normal
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
a
aaaaaa a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aaaa aaaaaaa
to face K d
a
a
a
a
a
a
z=z0+ ×
a
a
a
a
a
a
2
a
a
a
a
a
a
F11 F11
a
a
aaa
a
a
aaaaaaa
a
aaaaaa
a a
aaaaaaaaaa
aaaaa
Coordinates of tool
aaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaa
center (x, y, z)
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
aaaaaa
0.001 mm Coordinates of
0.0001 inch 0 99999999 Next block program (x0, y0, z0)
a
(0.001°) Note:
F11 = I2 + J2 + K2 if this parameter is 0. MPL057
Return amount of pecking in drill high-speed deep-hole

cycle or in G73 tool path
Return amount of pecking in
drill high-speed deep-hole
M·E
cycle or in G73
F12
F12
0.001 mm Pecking
0 99999999 Next block F12
0.0001 inch
MPL058
The allowance amount provided for the tool to stop
moving just in front of the preceding hole during a
deep-hole drilling cycle or during G83 tool path.
Allowance amount of rapid-
feed stop in deep-hole drilling M·E
cycle or in G83
F13
F13
0.001 mm
0 99999999 Next block
0.0001 inch
F13
MPL059
F14
Invalid
F18
5 - 33
Name Program type

Address Description
Maximum radius difference that causes spiral

interpolation to be performed when the arc-drawing
start point and end point radius that have been
Maximum permissible specified in the arc command do not agree.
M·E
difference in arc radius Specified end point
ReF19: Spiral interpolation
R>F19: Alarm
F19
aaaa
aa
aaaa
R End point
aa
according to
0.001 mm start point
0.0001 inch 0 9999 Next block
(0.001°) Center
Start point
MPL060
That fixed value of the scaling factor which becomes
valid in the case that no value is set (using the address
P) in the same block as that of G51.
Fixed value of scaling factor b
E Scaling factor =
a
Machining pattern
b
F20
a
1/1000000 0 99999999 Next command

Program pattern
Scaling center
MPL061
The automatic corner override using the G62 code
becomes valid when the following condition of the
pattern angle is met:
Maximum inside-corner angle Pattern angle e F21
E
available with automatic corner
override (G62)
Pattern angle
F21
1° 0 179 Next command
Overriding occurs here.

MPL062
5 - 34
Name Program type

Address Description
The area in which automatic corner overriding using the

G62 code occurs.
Deceleration area of automatic
corner overriding (G62) E
aaaaa
a
aaaa
aaaa
F22
aa
a
a
a
a
F22
0.001 mm
0.0001 inch 0 99999999 Next command
(0.001°)
Overriding occurs here.
MPL063
F23
Invalid
F26
Fixed value –
F27
– 1 –
Fixed value –
F28
– 1 –
The override value of automatic corner overriding using

the G62 code.
Override value of automatic E

corner overriding (G62) F× F29
100
F29 Specified feedrate F
1% 0 100 Next command

Note:
The automatic corner overriding is invalid when this
parameter is 0. MPL064
Fixed value –
F30
– 88 –
Fixed value –
F31
– 85 –
Fixed value –
F32
– 65 –
5 - 35
Name Program type

Address Description
Fixed value –
F33
– 89 –
Fixed value –
F34
– 86 –
Fixed value –
F35
– 66 –
Fixed value –
F36
– 90 –
Fixed value –
F37
– 87 –
Fixed value –
F38
– 67 –
Fixed value –
F39
– 1 –
–
F40 Invalid
–
Fixed value –
F41
– 1 –
Distance (r) between the starting point of movement at

measuring speed and the measuring point.
Deceleration area r E This data is used when argument R is omitted in G37
command format.
F42
G37 Z_Rr D_F_;
0.001 mm After stop of
0 99999999
0.0001 inch movement
(G37)
5 - 36
Name Program type

Address Description
Range (d) where the tool should stop is commanded.

This data is used when argument D is omitted in G37
Measurement area d E command format.
F43 G37 Z_R_ Dd F_;

0 99999999
(G37)
Measuring speed (f)
This data is used when argument F is omitted in G37
Measuring speed f E command format.
F44 G37 Z_R_ D_ Ff;
Standard setting 1 60000 mm/min

1 mm/min After stop of 1 2362 inch/min
0 120000
1 inch/min movement
(G37)
F45
Invalid
F66
Tool-life integration display This parameter is used to specify whether or not the
during EIA/ISO program TOOL DATA display is to be used for integration of tool
M·E
execution operation time existing during EIA/ISO program
execution.
F67 0: Only the TOOL LIFE INDEX display is used for
integration
– 0, 1 Immediate 1: Both the TOOL LIFE INDEX display and the TOOL
DATA display are used for integration.
Fixed value –
F68
– 0 –
This parameter is used to select the method of

specifying the EIA/ISO program restarting position.
Two methods are available:
EIA/ISO program restart E 0: The whole program, including the subprograms, is
method subjected to this processing. Set the sequence
number, block number and number of times of
F69 repetition as counted from the beginning part of the
main program.
1: The subprogram including the desired restart
position can be specified. After setting the work
– 0, 1 Immediate number of the corresponding program, set the
sequence number, block number, and number of
times of repetition as counted from the beginning
part.
5 - 37
Name Program type

Address Description
F70 Invalid
Tool priority and multiple-machining priority selection

0: Identical-tool priority function is executed first.
1: Multiple-machining function is executed first.
Machining order control Example:
M Multiple-machining of two workpieces using a spot drill.
F71 F71=0 F71=1
– 0 255 Immediate
MPL065
F72 Invalid
M code execution time for

M·E
F73 time study The tool-path check time study time that is
accumulated each time an M code is output.
0.01 sec. 0 10000 Immediate
S code execution time for time

M·E
F74 study The tool-path check time study time that is
accumulated each time an S code is output.
T code execution time for time

M·E
accumulated each time a T code is output.
B code execution time for time

M·E
accumulated each time a B code is output.
F77
Invalid
F81
5 - 38
Name Program type

Address Description
0: Erasing of programs other than protected ones

Total erasing of programs 1: Total erasing of programs (Format)
M·E
If you want to protect programs with 8000 number mark
F82 and 9000 number mark by program management
function (parameter H91), set 0. (Standard setting)
– 0 1 Immediate
(Program management function)
F83 Invalid
7654 3210
Tool tip position display during
E
EIA program execution
F84 1: Tool offset data is taken into account
for the current-position counter
during execution of EIA programs
Binary eight 1: Fixed cycle (B Æ J)
Bit Immediate
digits Spare tool search
0: Group number assignment
1: Tool name assignment
F85
Invalid
F90
7654 3210
In response to move command
without decimal point:
0: Tool moves by 1/1.
1: Tool moves by 10/1.
Note: Valid only when bit 5 = 0
Coordinate system shift using a
MAZATROL program:
0: Invalid
M·E 1: Valid
–
0: Metric
1: Inch
F91 In response to move command
without decimal point:
0: Tool moves in 0.001 mm
(0.0001 inch) increments.
1: Tool moves in 1 mm (1 inch)
increments.
Note: Valid only when parameter
M10 = 10
0: G00 interpolation
1: G00 non-interpolation
Binary eight 0: Stroke inside check before
Bit At power-on
digits movement
1: Stroke outside check before
movement
5 - 39
Name Program type

Address Description
7654 3210
Modal at power-on or at reset
0: G17 or G19
1: G18
0: G17 or G18
1: G19
Fixed value [0]
Tool-length compensation (G43 or
G44) axis
0: Program command axis
– M·E 1: Z-axis fixed
Tool-diameter compensation (G41 or
F92 G42) start up/cancel type
0: Type A
1: Type B
Tool-diameter compensation (G41 or
G42) interference check
0: Alarm stop occurs to prevent
overcutting.
1: Tool path is changed to ensure no
overcutting.
Fixed-cycle hole-drilling axis
0: Plane selection using G17, G18 or G19
1: Z-axis fixed
Tool diameter compensation using an
Binary eight EIA/ISO program
Bit At power-on
digits 0: Tool offset fixed
1: Tool data valid
7654 3210
0: G94 (Feed in minutes)
1: G95 (Feed in revolutions)
0: G91 (Incremental-value command)
1: G90 (Absolute-value command)
1: Tool length of tool data
becomes valid with EIA/ISO
– M·E
Feedrate during machine lock
F93 0: Specified feedrate
1: Rapid feedrate
Middle point during reference-point return
0: Return through middle point to
reference point
1: Return directly to reference point
User macro operation instruction in
single-block state
0: Single-block stop does not occur
(For operation)
Binary eight 1: Single-block stop occurs (For test)
Bit At power-on
digits Fixed value [0]
5 - 40
Name Program type

Address Description
7654 3210
Movement to hole-drilling position in
fixed-cycle mode
0: Depends on modal state (G00 or G01)
1: Fixed at rapid feedrate (G00)
0: External deceleration signal valid
1: External deceleration signal invalid
Tool length offsetting during
G28/G30 execution
0: Offsetting is canceled
F94 – 1: Offsetting is performed
M·E
0: G01 (Linear interpolation)
1: G00 (Positioning)
Tool command method using T codes
0: Assignment of group number on TOOL
LIFE INDEX display
1: Pocket number assignment
Spare-tool selection method for EIA/ISO
program
0: Natural order of pocket number
1: Order of least tool operation time first
Binary eight 0: Incomplete synchronous tapping cycle

Bit At power-on 1: Complete synchronous tapping cycle
digits
Fixed value [1]
7654 3210
Interrupt function using user macro
instruction
0: Invalid
1: Valid
Handling of interrupt macroprogram
0: Handled equally to interrupt call
1: Handled equally to subprogram call
M·E Fixed value [0]
–
G00 (positioning) command feedrate for
F95 dry run
0: Rapid feedrate
1: Feedrate for dry run
Manual-pulse interrupt amount
cancellation with reset key
0: Invalid
1: Valid
With reset key
0: Coordinate system corresponding to
Binary eight G54
Bit At power-on 1: Coordinate system that had been used
digits
until resetting was done
F96
Invalid
F108
5 - 41
Notes:
5 - 42
5-5 USER PARAMETER No. 2
Name Program type

Address Description
CMT baud rate

(Parameter for RS-232C interface initialization)
Setting Baud rate
CMT baud rate M·E
0 19200
1 9600
2 4800
G1 3 2400
4 1200
5 600
– 0 7 At I/O startup 6 300
7 110
G2
Invalid
G8
7654 3210
Forced loading of tool data
(Common to CMT and DNC)
0: When loading conditions are not
M·E in agreement, forced loading is
–
not performed.
1: When loading conditions are not
in agreement, forced loading is
performed.
G9 Superscription of program data
(Common to CMT and PTP)
0: When receiving a program of
the same work number, an
Binary eight alarm shall be given.
Bit At I/O startup 1: When receiving a program of
digits
the same work number, the
superscription shall be made.
(I/O superscription)
Printer baud rate
Printer baud rate M·E Setting Baud rate

0 19200
1 9600
2 4800
G10 3 2400
4 1200
5 600
7 110
5 - 43
Name Program type

Address Description
The number of lines through which printer paper is to

be fed at the start and end of printing.
Number of printer paper feed
M·E
lines
Paper setting position
G11 lines Idle feed
a
a
aaa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aaaaaaa
G11 Printing start
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
Printout
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aaa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
aa
Printing end
G11 lines Idle feed
1 line 0 255 At I/O startup End of idle feed
MPL066
The maximum total number of lines per page that can
be printed out on printer paper. This parameter
becomes valid when printing a program with a length of
Total number of lines per page more than one page.
of printer paper M·E
G12 G12 lines Fold lines
G12 lines
1 line 0 255 At I/O startup
MPL067
G13
Invalid
G18
Baud rate for paper tape reader/puncher

Baud rate for paper tape
E Setting Baud rate
reader/puncher
1 9600
2 4800
G19 3 2400
4 1200
5 600
– 0 7 At I/O startup
6 300
7 110
5 - 44
Name Program type

Address Description
Number of stop bits for paper tape reader/puncher

Number of stop bits for paper (Parameter for RS-232C interface initialization)
tape reader/puncher E
G20 Setting No. of stop bits
1 1
2 1.5
Type of parity for paper tape reader/puncher

Type of parity for paper tape (Parameter for RS-232C interface initialization)
reader/puncher E
Setting Type of parity
G21 0 Even
1 Odd
– 0, 1 At I/O startup Note:

This parameter is valid only when G22 is 1.
Parity check of paper tape reader/puncher
Parity check for paper tape
E Setting Parity check
reader/puncher
0 Invalid
G22 1 Valid
Note:
– 0, 1 At I/O startup If this parameter is set to 1 (valid), then select whether
even or odd parity is to be set using the G21
parameter.
Number of data bits for paper tape reader/puncher
Number of data bits for paper (Parameter for RS-232C interface initialization)
tape reader/puncher E
Setting No. of data bits
G23 0 5
1 6
2 7
3 8
Fixed value –
G24
– 1 –
Fixed value –
G25
– 0 –
Fixed value –
G26
– 0 –
Output of CR during ISO code This parameter is used to specify whether or not CR is
punching E to be placed in front of LF (separation of blocks) during
G27 ISO code punching.
0: No placement of CR
– 0, 1 At I/O startup 1: Placement of CR
5 - 45
Name Program type

Address Description
Fixed value –
G28
– 0 –
This parameter is used to select the method of

Paper tape reader/puncher handshaking to control the state of data transfer
E
Handshaking method between the NC system and tape reader/puncher.
Setting Description
G29
1 Complies with device connection RTS/CTS.
– 1 3 At I/O startup 2 No control
3 Complies with control code DC1 through DC4.
This parameter is used to specify whether or not a

Paper tape reader/puncher DC parity bit is to be assigned to the DC code to be output.
E
code parity Setting Parity DC3 code
0 No assignment
G30
1 Assignment
This parameter is used to set a hole-punching pattern

for the character code “[” onto a paper tape
reader/puncher using EIA.
“[”code for paper tape Set an eight-digit binary number in decimal form.
E
reader/puncher for EIA Example:
aaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaa
¨ [ code
G31
(0×27)+(1×26)+(0×25)+(0×24)+(1×23)+(1×22)+(0×21)+(0×20)
=76
Set value MPL068
for the character code “]” onto a paper tape
“]”code for paper tape Set an eight-digit binary number in decimal form.
E
¨ ] code
G32
(0×27)+(0×26)+(0×25)+(0×24)+(1×23)+(1×22)+(0×21)+(1×20)
=13
Set value MPL069
5 - 46
Name Program type

Address Description

for the character code “#” onto a paper tape
“#”code for paper tape Set an eight-digit binary number in decimal form.
E
¨ # code
G33

(0×27)+(1×26)+(1×25)+(0×24)+(1×23)+(1×22)+(0×21)+(1×20)
=109
Set value MPL070

for the character code “*” onto a paper tape
“*”code for paper tape Set an eight-digit binary number in decimal form.
E
¨ * code
G34

(0×27)+(1×26)+(1×25)+(1×24)+(1×23)+(0×22)+(1×21)+(0×20)
=122
Set value MPL071

for the character code “=” onto a paper tape
“=”code for paper tape Set an eight-digit binary number in decimal form.
E
¨ = code
G35

(0×27)+(1×26)+(0×25)+(1×24)+(1×23)+(0×22)+(1×21)+(1×20)
=91
Set value MPL072
5 - 47
Name Program type

Address Description

for the character code “:” onto a paper tape
“:”code for paper tape Set an eight-digit binary number in decimal form.
E
¨ : code
G36

(0×27)+(1×26)+(0×25)+(0×24)+(0×23)+(1×22)+(1×21)+(0×20)
=70
Set value MPL073

for the character code “(” onto a paper tape
“(”code for paper tape Set an eight-digit binary number in decimal form.
E
( code
G37

(0×27)+(0×26)+(0×25)+(1×24)+(1×23)+(0×22)+(1×21)+(0×20)
=26
Set value MPL074

for the character code “)” onto a paper tape
“)”code for paper tape Set an eight-digit binary number in decimal form.
E
) code
G38

(0×27)+(1×26)+(0×25)+(0×24)+(1×23)+(0×22)+(1×21)+(0×20)
=74
Set value MPL075
5 - 48
Name Program type

Address Description
The paper-tape rewind command code that is output

onto a tape reader. This code is output either when
M30 is executed in tape run mode or when a paper-
Rewind code for paper tape E tape load or compare operation is performed with
reader parameter G48 set to 1. Set an eight-digit binary
number in decimal form.
G39 Example: 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit
Code

(0×27)+(0×26)+(0×25)+(1×24)+(1×23)+(1×22)+(1×21)+(0×20)
=30
Set value MPL076
Select whether or not DC2 and DC4 codes are to be
output to the feed sections which will be generated at
the beginning and end of paper tape punching.
Feed section DC code output
E (Significant
for paper tape puncher Feed EOR EOR Feed
information)
DC2 DC4 DC2 DC4

G40
Setting Description
0 Neither DC2 nor DC4 is output.
1 Only DC2 is not output.
– 0 3 At I/O startup 2 Only DC4 is not output.
3 Both DC2 and DC4 are output.
Note:
This parameter is valid only when G29 is 2. MPL077
The number of characters in NULL (feed) that are to be
Number of characters in feed punched at the beginning and end of paper tape.
section for paper tape puncher E G41 characters G41 characters
G41 (Significant
Feed EOR information) EOR Feed
1 character 0 65535 At I/O startup Tape setting position End of punching

MPL078
Paper tape reader/puncher The waiting time for replies from the paper tape reader
reply waiting time E or puncher during paper tape reading or punching.
An alarm occurs if this time elapses following the final
G42 reply.
0.1 sec. 0 65535 At I/O startup
Paper tape puncher EIA/ISO 7654 3210

output selection and parity-V
E 0: Paper tape punching in ISO code
check
1: Paper tape punching in EIA code
G43 0: No parity-V check during paper tape
reading
Binary eight 1: Parity-V check during paper tape
Bit At I/O startup
digits reading
5 - 49
Name Program type

Address Description
Number of characters in the The total number of space-characters that are punched
space between O-number and out between O-number and program section.
program for paper tape E
puncher
G44 Program
O 1 2 3 4 SP SP SP SP CR section
1 character 0 65535 At I/O startup G44 characters

MPL079
Number of characters in the The total number of space-characters that are punched
space between programs for out between programs when more than one program
paper tape puncher E are punched onto paper tape.
G45
M 0 2 CR SP SP SP CR O 1 2 3 4
1 character 0 65535 At I/O startup Program Program

G45 characters
MPL080
Program-name tape Select whether program name tape input/output is to be
input/output M·E made valid or invalid during paper tape
reading/punching.
G46 0: Program name tape input/output is made invalid.
1: Program name tape input/output is made valid.
– 0, 1 At I/O startup
Program end code for paper This parameter is used to specify whether or not
tape reader E character code O (or:) is to be set as the program end
O (or:) code code when paper tape containing more than one
G47 program is read.
0: Code O (or:) is not set as the program end code.
– 0, 1 At I/O startup 1: Code O (or:) is set as the program end code.
Presence/absence of paper The parameter that is used to specify whether or not

tape reader rewind function E the paper tape reader has a rewind function. If 1 is set
(rewind function present), then the code of parameter
G48 G39 will be output onto the reader at the completion of
a paper tape load or compare operation.
– 0, 1 At I/O startup 0: Rewind function absent
1: Rewind function present
All-loading enable or disable The parameter used to select whether all-loading of the
of M2 all punched tape E paper tape onto which the M2 program has been all-
punched is to be enabled or to be disabled.
G49 0: All-loading disabled
1: All-loading enabled
– 0, 1 At I/O start
The parameter that is used to specify whether or not

Program end code (M) for M02, M30 and M99 are to be set as the program end
E
paper tape reader codes for paper tape reading.
( 0: Set as program end,
7654 3210
G50 1: Not set as program end)
Binary eight M99

Bit At I/O start
digits M02
M30
5 - 50
Name Program type

Address Description
For paper tape reader/puncher, set a character string

Program end code of output to the program end of MAZATROL program by
MAZATROL program DC hexadecimals of ASCII code.
M
control function
For example, when a character string of END is output
G51 to the program end:
G51 G52 G53
G53
Character string E N D
Hexadecimal Set value 45 4E 44
ASCII At I/O startup
number
(MAZATROL program DC control)
G54 Invalid
Baud rate for DNC.

Baud rate for DNC M·E Setting Baud rate

0 19200
1 9600
2 4800
G55 3 2400
4 1200
5 600
6 300
7 110
Number of stop bits in DNC.

Number of stop bits in DNC M·E
G56 Setting No. of stop bits
1 1
2 1.5
Type of parity for DNC.

Type of parity for DNC E
Setting Type of parity
G57 0 Even
1 Odd
5 - 51
Name Program type

Address Description
Parity check of DNC.

Parity check of DNC
M·E Setting Parity check
G58 0 Invalid
1 Valid
Note:
– 0, 1 At I/O startup If this parameter is set to 1 (valid), then select even or
odd parity using the G57 parameter.
Number of data bits in DNC.
Number of data bits in DNC M·E
Setting No. of data bits
G59 0 5
1 6
2 7
3 8
G60
Invalid
G90
This parameter is used to set the number of times that

the * code or TEXT is to be repeatedly transmitted to a
host system in case that the @ code is not sent from
the host system within the waiting time which has been
Number of NC transmission set using the G99 parameter.
M·E
retries during DNC file transfer
HOST NC
aaaaaa
*
Retransmitted if @ is not
received.
aaaaaa
aaa
G91 @
TEXT
a
aa
a
aa
aa
@
aa
a
a
Once 0 255 At I/O startup

EOT
An alarm occurs if the transmission operation is

repeated up to the number of times set with this
parameter. MPL081
5 - 52
Name Program type

Address Description
This parameter is used to set the number of times that

the @ code is to be repeatedly transmitted to a host
system in the case that the EOT code or TEXT from
the host system is not received within the waiting time
Number of NC reception which has been set using the G100 parameter.
M·E
retries during DNC file transfer
HOST NC
*
Initialized if EOT or TEXT is
not received.
G92 @
TEXT
@
Once 0 255 At I/O startup
EOT
An alarm occurs if the transmission operation is

repeated up to the number of times set with this
parameter. MPL082
Number of NC This parameter is used to set the number of times that

transmission/reception retries transmission/reception of command messages is to be
during DNC command M·E repeated in the case that it is not correctly performed.
message transfer This parameter has almost the same meaning as that of
G93 parameters has almost the same meaning as that of
parameters G91 and G92, except that command
messages are interchanged in the case of G93 and files
Once 0 255 At I/O startup are interchanged in the case of G91 and G92.
G94
Invalid
G97
7654 3210 (1: Valid, 0: Invalid)
After program reception, a search

is made for the work number of
– M·E that program.
Details of an alarm occurring in
DNC are displayed.
Loading of programs having the
G98 same work number as that of the
registered program in NC becomes
impossible.
Binary eight The function of the PROGRAM

Bit At I/O startup LOCK/ENABLE switch is released.
digits
All programs having work numbers
smaller than No. 9000 are erased
at the start of program reception.
5 - 53
Name Program type

Address Description
The NC waiting time from transmission of * or TEXT to

reception of @ from the host system.
@ waiting time during DNC HOST NC

M·E
aaa
transmission
aa
*
aa
a
G99
@
G99
TEXT
G99
@
EOT
Note:
See the description of parameter G91. MPL083
The NC waiting time from transmission of @ or
reception of EOT to reception of * or TEXT from the
host system.
* TEXT waiting time during HOST NC

M·E
aaaaaaaa
DNC transmission *
@
G100
TEXT
G100
@
EOT G100
*
@
TEXT
Note:
The NC waiting time from transmission of @ to
reception of EOT from the host system.
EOT waiting time during DNC HOST NC

M·E
aaa
transmission *
aa
a
G101 TEXT
@
G101
0.1 sec. 0 255 At I/O startup EOT
Note:
5 - 54
Name Program type

Address Description
The NC stop time from reception of ! from the host

system to transmission of *.
NC stop time after reception of
M·E HOST NC
!
*
G102 !
G102
*
0.1 sec. 1 255 At I/O startup MPL086
Code * is transmitted to the host system if the time that
has been set with G102 elapses following reception of !.
The time from the moment the NC receives the digital-
NC reset time after digital-out M·E out command to the moment the NC internally resets
this command.
G103
For NC transmission For NC reception

The NC stop time from The NC stop time from
reception of @ from the reception of * or TEXT
host system to from the host system to
NC stop time from reception M·E transmission of EOT or transmission of @.
TEXT.
HOST NC HOST NC
aaa
aaa
* *
G104 G104
@ @
G104
TEXT TEXT
0.01 sec. 0 255 At I/O startup G104
@ @
G104
EOT EOT
MPL087
The NC waiting time from transmission of command
message EOT to reception of command reply message
* from the host system.
DNC command reply message HOST NC
waiting time M·E *
@
Command
TEXT messages
G105 @
EOT
G105
*
0.1 sec. 1 255 At I/O startup Command
reply @
messages
TEXT
MPL088
5 - 55
Name Program type

Address Description
DNC machine number The numbers to be assigned to various machines in

M·E
order to manage on the host system the tool data,
G106 parameters etc. that are specific to the machines being
– 0 255 At I/O startup used.
The NC stop time from reception of EOT from the host

system to transmission of * of the next message.
HOST NC
NC transmission stop time of *
DNC (From reception to M·E
transmission) @
TEXT
G107
@
EOT
G107
*
@
MPL089
The NC stop time from transmission of EOT to the host
system to transmission of * of the next message.
HOST NC
NC transmission stop time of *
DNC (From transmission to M·E
transmission)
@
G108 TEXT
EOT
G108
0.01 sec. 0 255 At I/O startup *
@
MPL090
5 - 56
5-6 USER PARAMETER No. 3 & 4
Name Program type

Address Description
H1
Invalid
H90
7654 3210 Program management function
Program management function M·E Edit inhibition (9000 number

mark)
Display inhibition (9000 number
H91 mark)
Edit inhibition (8000 number
mark and 9000 number mark)
Binary eight
Bit At I/O startup Display inhibition (8000 number
digits
mark and 9000 number mark)
(Program management function)

H92
Invalid
H108
5 - 57
Name Program type

Address Description
The amount and direction of shift from the final setting

position during unidirectional positioning of the point-
Shift amount of unidirectional machining or during execution of G60.
positioning (G60) M·E I1 < 0 : Positioning in minus direction
I1 > 0 : Positioning in plus direction
Example: +y
I1 Machine coordinate system
Shift amount
aaa
a
aa
+x
aa
I1
aa
a
a
0.001 mm
After stop of
0.0001 inch 0 ±99999999
movement
(0.001°)
Final setting position MPL091
The parameter used to define the machine working

zone in order to prevent machine interference with the
work or jigs. Set the coordinate values of the machine
Upper (plus direction) user coordinate system.
M·E
soft-limit Example: +Y Machine
coordinate
system
I2 M8
(Y-axis)
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
+X
I3 (X-axis)
0.001 mm
After stop of
0.0001 inch 0 ±99999999 M9
movement
(0.001°) (Y-axis)
Machining working zone
I2 (X-axis)
Lower (minus direction) user M·E M9 (X-axis) M8 (X-axis)

soft-limit
Manufacturer soft-limit
I3
If the machine is likely to overstep its working zone, an
0.001 mm alarm will occur and the machine will stop.
After stop of Notes:
0.0001 inch 0 ±99999999
movement 1. These parameters are valid only when bit 2 of I14 is
(0.001°)
0.
2. These parameters are invalid if I2 = I3.
MPL092
I4
Invalid
I10
5 - 58
Name Program type

Address Description
Set the rotary center of a workpiece at a table angle of

Rotary center of a workpiece 0° for each axis in the machine coordinate system.
E
(Valid only in manual operation)
I11
0 ±99999999
(Dynamic compensation)
I12 Invalid
7654 3210
Upon execution G28 (reference-
point return):
–
M·E 0: Memory-type zero-point return
1: Watchdog-type zero-point return
Upon manual zero-point return
operation:
I13
0: Memory-type zero-point return
(At power-on, however,
watchdog-type zero-point return)
Binary eight After stop of 1: Watchdog-type zero-point return
Bit
digits movement
Removal of control axes
0: No (Not removed)
1: Yes (Removed)
7654 3210
Mirror image with respect to the
machine zero-point
0: Invalid
– 1: Valid
M·E
User software limits (I2, I3)
0: Valid
1: Invalid
I14 Tool-tip relief after spindle

orientation during execution of G75,
G76, G86 or point-machining
(boring or back-boring)
0: Required
Binary eight After stop of 1: Not Required
Bit
digits movement
Direction of the relief mentioned
above
0: Plus
1: Minus
I15 Invalid
I16
5 - 59
Notes:
5 - 60
5-7 MACHINE CONSTANT PARAMETERS
Classification MACHINE Display title MACH CONSTANT PAR NO. 2
Name Program type

Address Description
7654 3210 (1: Valid 0: Invalid)
X178 Touch sensor skip signal

G37 skip condition
E X179
X17A
X17B
X17C Decelerating signal of measuring
K72
table
X17D Skip signal of measuring table
X17E
Binary eight After stop of
Bit X17F
digits movement
Standard setting: Fixed value 00100000
(G37)
5 - 61
Name Program type

Address Description
The eccentricity of the stylus of the touch sensor with

respect to the center of the spindle.
Touch sensor
Stylus eccentricity of touch
M
sensor (X-component)
L1
+Z
Stylus
0.0001 mm +X Spindle centerline

0 ±99999999 At power-on
0.00001 inch
L1
Stylus
centerline
Stylus eccentricity of touch M L2

sensor (Y-component)
+Y
L2
+X
0.0001 mm
0 ±99999999 At power-on
0.00001 inch Note:
These data are automatically set when calibration
measurement is performed on the MMS unit.
MPL093
5 - 62
Name Program type

Address Description
The true radius value of the stylus ball of the touch

sensor.
Radius of stylus ball of touch Touch sensor

M
sensor (X-component)
L3
+Z
0.0001 mm Stylus ball

0 ±99999999 At power-on +X
0.00001 inch
L4×2
+Y
Radius of stylus ball of touch M
sensor (Y-component)
+X
L4
L3×2
0.0001 mm
0 ±99999999 At power-on
0.00001 inch Note:
These data are automatically set when calibration
measurement is performed on the MMS unit.
MPL094
5 - 63
Name Program type

Address Description
The distance from the spindle endface to the table

surface (or the reference block on the pallet) existing
when the Z-axis is in the machine zero-point position.
Z-axis stroke for tip position Spindle

M·E
memory (TEACH function) L5 Machine
zero point
L5 Spindle
Machine
zero point
L5
Reference
Pallet block
0.0001 mm
0 ±99999999 Immediate
0.00001 inch (H-type machine)
Table
(V-type machine) MPL095
Tool-breakage judgment The minimum tool displacement by which the tool is

distance for TBR M judged to be a broken one as a result of execution of
the tool breakage detection function.
L6 If (registered tool length data) – (tool length data that
0.0001 mm has been measured during the detecting operation) f
0 ±99999999 Immediate L6, then the tool is judged broken.
0.00001 inch
The parameter for selecting the type of restoration to

Tool-breakage restoration be performed after tool breakage has been detected as
M
mode for TBR a result of execution of the tool breakage detection
function.
L7 1: Single-block stop.
2: Machining restarts from the next process.
– 1 3 Immediate 3: Single-block stop occurs in a state where
machining can be restarted from the next
process.
The maximum skipping movement distance for the
Skipping stroke limit for MMS M measurement with the MMS unit.
An alarm message will appear if the touch sensor has
L8 not come into contact with the workpiece within this
0.0001 mm distance.
0 ±99999999 Immediate
0.00001 inch
5 - 64
Name Program type

Address Description
Tool command system in MDI operation (Tool on the

Tool command system by spindle and next time tool)
M
MDI 0: Command of pocket number
1: Command of group number
L51
– 0, 1 Immediate
(MDI tool command)
Data of tools other than a tool on the spindle shall be
Rewriting of tool data during capable of rewriting during automatic operation with an
E
automatic operation EIA/ISO program.
L57 0: Invalid
1: Valid
– 0, 1 Immediate
(Rewriting of tool data)
Classification USER Display title MACH CONSTANT PAR NO. 8
Name Program type

Address Description
Set for each axis the position of the rotational center of

Rotational center of the table the table in the machine coordinate system. Also, set
M·E
those positions for each machine.
S5
0.001 mm
0 ±99999999 At power on
0.0001 inch
(Dynamic compensation)
5 - 65
Notes:
5 - 66

PDF M 32 Parameters and Alarms 1 - Compress PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PDF M 32 Parameters and Alarms 1 - Compress PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

PDF M 32 Parameters and Alarms 1 - Compress PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Alarm & Parameter Manual

Mazatrol M-32 Alarm Lists

Data I/O Errors (500 - 602) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tool Path Mode Programming Errors (800 - 999) . . . 3-7

Do not attempt to operate or perform maintenance/repair on

actions about to be taken. If any question exists, contact the

This manual is provided as a quick reference to Mazatrol CNC functions. It should,

Basic, intermediate and advanced maintenance classes covering

available at the Technical Training Center in Florence, Kentucky.

shown in this manual, that can be carried out only by qualified

Contact the nearest Mazak service center or the national training

1. North Central Technical Center (Florence, Ky.) ............................ (606) 727-5775

Technical Training Center (Florence, Ky.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (606) 344-9800

2. Midwest Technical Center (Chicago, Il.) ................................. (708) 885-8311

3. Canada Service Center (Mississauga, Ont.) .............................. (905) 670-0201

4. East Technical Center (Hartford, CT.) .................................. (203) 528-9511

5. Southeast Technical Center (Atlanta, Ga.) ............................... (770) 996-1030

6. Southwest Technical Center (Houston, Tx.) .............................. (713) 931-7770

7. West Technical Center (Los Angeles, Ca.) ............................... (310) 327-7172

MAZAK After Hours Customer Support Hotline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (800) 231-1456

Mechanical parts list

Electric wiring diagram

Manuals for various options

Mazatrol M-32 NC Unit Manuals:

M-32 Operating manual

M-32 Programming manual

Manuals for various optional functions

on the particular status of an alarm. In the event an alarm occurs, it is highly

any other alarms exist.

2-1 MACHINE STATUS INDICATOR LAMPS

?M. FAIL Lights up in the event of a machine failure.

2-2 ALARM DISPLAY & CLEARING PROCEDURE

650 CHAMFERING IMPOSSIBLE (1234, 56, 78)

BOLD Alarm display DIM Alarm display

H: Alarm displayed in the highlighted status (reversed display)

Clear the display with the RESET key .

N: Alarm displayed in the normal-brightness status (reversed display)

Feed stop (hold)

External I/O unit

System (hardware/software) error

Malfunctioning of external I/O unit

Malfunctioning of the servo control mechanism

Malfunctioning of the spindle control mechanism

Machine operation error such as a wrong key being pressed.

See the description of (3) above.

1. If a program related alarm display appears, that portion of the program in

on the foreground (program selected on the POSITION display) or on the

parentheses in the Alarm List.

electrical manual for detailed information.

Cause Type of Cause Type of

The contents of the memory within the E

Action Clearing Action Clearing

Please contact the nearest MAZAK M

001 WATCH DOG 1 ( , , ) 004 MEMORY GUARD ( , , )

Cause Type of Cause Type of

Action Clearing Action Clearing

002 SYSTEM ERROR ( , , ) 005 ZERO DIVISION ( , , )

Cause Type of Cause Type of

Action Clearing Action Clearing